View Old View New View Both View Only Previous Next

W3C

XSL Transformations (XSLT) Version 4.0

W3C Editor's Draft 30 October 2024

This version:
https://qt4cg.org/specifications/pr/1541/xslt-40/
Latest version:
https://qt4cg.org/specifications/xslt-40/
Most recent Recommendation of XSL Transformations (XSLT):
https://www.w3.org/TR/xslt-30/
Editor:
Michael Kay, Saxonica <http://www.saxonica.com/>

The following associated resources are available:


Abstract

This specification defines the syntax and semantics of XSLT 4.0, a language designed primarily for transforming XML documents into other XML documents.

XSLT 4.0 is a revised version of the XSLT 3.0 Recommendation [XSLT 3.0] published on 8 June 2017. Changes are presented in 1.2 What’s New in XSLT 4.0?.

XSLT 4.0 is designed to be used in conjunction with XPath 4.0, which is defined in [XPath 4.0]. XSLT shares the same data model as XPath 4.0, which is defined in [XDM 3.0], and it uses the library of functions and operators defined in [Functions and Operators 4.0]. XPath 4.0 and the underlying function library introduce a number of enhancements, for example the availability of union and record types.

This document contains hyperlinks to specific sections or definitions within other documents in this family of specifications. These links are indicated visually by a superscript identifying the target specification: for example XP40 for XPath 4.0, DM40 for the XDM data model version 4.0, FO40 for Functions and Operators version 4.0.

Status of this Document

This section describes the status of this document at the time of its publication. Other documents may supersede this document. A list of current W3C publications and the latest revision of this technical report can be found in the W3C technical reports index at https://www.w3.org/TR/.

This document has no official standing. It is produced by the editor as a proposal for community review. Insofar as it copies large amounts of text from the W3C XSLT 3.0 Recommendation, W3C copyright and similar provisions apply.


1 Introduction

1.1 What is XSLT?

XSLT is a programming language designed principally to transform data.

A transformation in the XSLT language is expressed in the form of a stylesheet. A stylesheet is made up of one or more well-formed XML [XML 1.0] documents conforming to the Namespaces in XML Recommendation [Namespaces in XML].

A stylesheet generally includes elements that are defined by XSLT as well as elements that are not defined by XSLT. XSLT-defined elements are distinguished by use of the namespace http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform (see 3.1.1 XSLT Namespace), which is referred to in this specification as the XSLT namespace. Thus this specification is a definition of the syntax and semantics of the XSLT namespace.

The term stylesheet reflects the fact that one of the important roles of XSLT is to add styling information to an XML source document, by transforming it into a document consisting of XSL formatting objects (see [XSL-FO]), or into another presentation-oriented format such as HTML, XHTML, or SVG. However, XSLT is used for a wide range of transformation tasks, not exclusively for formatting and presentation applications.

A transformation expressed in XSLT describes rules for transforming input data into output data. The inputs and outputs will all be instances of the XDM data model, described in [XDM 3.0]. In the simplest and most common case, the input is an XML document referred to as the source document or source tree, and the output is an XML document referred to as the result tree. It is also possible to process multiple source documents, to generate multiple result documents, and to handle formats other than XML.

The transformation is achieved by a set of template rules. A template rule associates a pattern, which typically matches nodes in the source document, with a sequence constructor. In many cases, evaluating the sequence constructor will cause new nodes to be constructed, which can be used to produce part of a result tree. The structure of the result trees can be completely different from the structure of the source trees. In constructing a result tree, nodes from the source trees can be filtered and reordered, and arbitrary structure can be added. Because patterns can point to nodes according to typological features, a stylesheet can be applicable to a wide class of source documents that have similar tree structures.

Stylesheets are modular; they may contain several packages developed independently of each other, and each package may consist of several stylesheet modules.

[Definition: A stylesheet consists of one or more packages: specifically, one top-level package and zero or more library packages.]

[Definition: For a given transformation, one package functions as the top-level package. The complete stylesheet is assembled by finding the packages referenced directly or indirectly from the top-level package using xsl:use-package declarations: see 3.5.2 Dependencies between Packages.]

[Definition: Every package within a stylesheet, other than the top-level package, is referred to as a library package.]

[Definition: Within a package, one stylesheet module functions as the principal stylesheet module. The complete package is assembled by finding the stylesheet modules referenced directly or indirectly from the principal stylesheet module using xsl:include and xsl:import elements: see 3.11.2 Stylesheet Inclusion and 3.11.3 Stylesheet Import.]

1.2 What’s New in XSLT 4.0?

Changes in 4.0 

  1. Use the arrows to browse significant changes since the 3.0 version of this specification.

  2. Sections with significant changes are marked Δ in the table of contents.

XSLT 4.0 is a revised version of the XSLT 3.0 Recommendation [XSLT 3.0] published on 8 June 2017.

The changes in this version of the language are relatively minor usability enhancements. There are no changes to the data model or processing model. Instead, the specification attempts to fill a number of gaps in functionality resulting from feedback from XSLT 3.0 users. The main areas covered are:

  • Enhancements to the type system to allow more expressive constraints, especially for maps and atomic values.

  • Additional functionality for processing arrays.

  • Exploitation of the power afforded by first-class function items.

XSLT 4.0 also includes optional facilities to serialize the results of a transformation, by means of an interface to the serialization component described in [XSLT and XQuery Serialization 4.0].

XSLT 4.0 requires support for XPath 4.0.

A full list of changes is at I Changes since XSLT 3.0.

2 Concepts

2.1 Terminology

Changes in 4.0  

  1. The term atomic value has been replaced by atomic item.   [Issue 1337 PR 1361 2 August 2024]

For a full glossary of terms, see C Glossary.

[Definition: The software responsible for transforming source trees into result trees using an XSLT stylesheet is referred to as the processor. This is sometimes expanded to XSLT processor to avoid any confusion with other processors, for example an XML processor.]

[Definition: A specific product that performs the functions of an XSLT processor is referred to as an implementation.]

[Definition: The term tree is used (as in [XDM 3.0]) to refer to the aggregate consisting of a parentless node together with all its descendant nodes, plus all their attributes and namespaces.]

Note:

The use of the term tree in this document in phrases such as source tree, result tree, and temporary tree does not imply the use of a data structure in memory that holds the entire contents of the document at one time. It implies rather a logical view of the XML input and output in which elements have a hierarchic relationship to each other. When a source document is being processed in a streaming manner, access to the nodes in this tree is constrained, but it is still viewed and described as a tree.

The output of a transformation consists of the following:

  1. [Definition: A principal result: this can be any sequence of items (as defined in [XDM 3.0]).] The principal result is the value returned by the function or template in the stylesheet that is nominated as the entry point, as described in 2.3 Initiating a Transformation.

  2. [Definition: Zero or more secondary results: each secondary result can be any sequence of items (as defined in [XDM 3.0]).] A secondary result is the value returned by evaluating the body of an xsl:result-document instruction.

  3. Zero or more messages. Messages are generated by the xsl:message and xsl:assert instructions, and are described in 24.1 Messages and 24.2 Assertions.

  4. Static or dynamic errors: see 2.14 Error Handling.

The principal result and the secondary results may be post-processed as described in 2.3.6 Post-processing the Raw Result.

[Definition: The term result tree is used to refer to any tree constructed by instructions in the stylesheet. A result tree is either a final result tree or a temporary tree.]

[Definition: A final result tree is a result tree that forms part of the output of a transformation: specifically, a tree built by post-processing the items in the principal result or in a secondary result. Once created, the contents of a final result tree are not accessible within the stylesheet itself.] Any final result tree may be serialized as described in 27 Serialization.

[Definition: The term source tree means any tree provided as input to the transformation. This includes the document containing the global context item if any, documents containing nodes present in the initial match selection, documents containing nodes supplied as the values of stylesheet parameters, documents obtained from the results of functions such as document, docFO40, and collectionFO40, documents read using the xsl:source-document instruction, and documents returned by extension functions or extension instructions. In the context of a particular XSLT instruction, the term source tree means any tree provided as input to that instruction; this may be a source tree of the transformation as a whole, or it may be a temporary tree produced during the course of the transformation.]

[Definition: The term temporary tree means any tree that is neither a source tree nor a final result tree.] Temporary trees are used to hold intermediate results during the execution of the transformation.

Unless otherwise stated, the term “tree” refers to a tree rooted at a parentless node: that is, the term does not include subtrees of larger trees. Every node therefore belongs to exactly one tree.

In this specification the phrases must, must not, should, should not, may, required, and recommended, when used in normative text and rendered in small capitals, are to be interpreted as described in [RFC2119].

Where the phrase must, must not, or required relates to the behavior of the XSLT processor, then an implementation is not conformant unless it behaves as specified, subject to the more detailed rules in 28 Conformance.

Where the phrase must, must not, or required relates to a stylesheet then the processor must enforce this constraint on stylesheets by raising an error if the constraint is not satisfied.

Where the phrase should, should not, or recommended relates to a stylesheet then a processor may produce warning messages if the constraint is not satisfied, but must not treat this as an error.

[Definition: In this specification, the term implementation-defined refers to a feature where the implementation is allowed some flexibility, and where the choices made by the implementation must be described in documentation that accompanies any conformance claim.]

[Definition: The term implementation-dependent refers to a feature where the behavior may vary from one implementation to another, and where the vendor is not expected to provide a full specification of the behavior.] (This might apply, for example, to limits on the size of source documents that can be transformed.)

In all cases where this specification leaves the behavior implementation-defined or implementation-dependent, the implementation has the option of providing mechanisms that allow the user to influence the behavior.

A paragraph labeled as a Note or described as an example is non-normative.

Many terms used in this document are defined in the XPath specification [XPath 3.0] or the XDM specification [XDM 3.0]. Particular attention is drawn to the following:

  • [Definition: The term atomization is defined in Section 2.5.3 AtomizationXP40. It is a process that takes as input a sequence of items, and returns a sequence of atomic items, in which the nodes are replaced by their typed values as defined in [XDM 3.0]. Arrays (see 22 Arrays) are atomized by atomizing their members, recursively.] For some items (for example, elements with element-only content, function items, and maps, atomization raises a dynamic error.

  • [Definition: The term typed value is defined in Section 5.15 typed-value Accessor DM30. Every node, other than an element whose type annotation identifies it as having element-only content, has a typed value. For example, the typed value of an attribute of type xs:IDREFS is a sequence of zero or more xs:IDREF values.]

  • [Definition: The term string value is defined in Section 5.13 string-value Accessor DM30. Every node has a string value. For example, the string value of an element is the concatenation of the string values of all its descendant text nodes.]

  • [Definition: The term XPath 1.0 compatibility mode is defined in Section 2.2.1 Static ContextXP40. This is a setting in the static context of an XPath expression; it has two values, true and false. When the value is set to true, the semantics of function calls and certain other operations are adjusted to give a greater degree of backwards compatibility between XPath 4.0 and XPath 1.0.]

  • [Definition: The term function definition is defined in Section 2.2.1 Static ContextXP40. It is the definition of a function that can be called statically from within an XPath expression: in the case of XSLT it typically means either a stylesheet function, or a built-in function such as those defined in [Functions and Operators 4.0]]

  • [Definition: A function definition has an arity range, which defines the minimum and maximum number of arguments that must be supplied in a call to the function. The static context can contain multiple function definitions with the same name, provided that their arity ranges do not overlap.]

2.2 Notation

[Definition: An XSLT element is an element in the XSLT namespace whose syntax and semantics are defined in this specification.] For a non-normative list of XSLT elements, see D Element Syntax Summary.

In this document the specification of each XSLT element is preceded by a summary of its syntax in the form of a model for elements of that element type. A full list of all these specifications can be found in D Element Syntax Summary. The meaning of the syntax summary notation is as follows:

  • An attribute that is required is shown with its name in bold. An attribute that may be omitted is shown with a question mark following its name.

  • An attribute that is deprecated is shown in a grayed font within square brackets.

  • The string that occurs in the place of an attribute value specifies the allowed values of the attribute. If this is surrounded by curly brackets ({...}), then the attribute value is treated as an attribute value template, and the string occurring within curly brackets specifies the allowed values of the result of evaluating the attribute value template. Alternative allowed values are separated by |. A quoted string indicates a value equal to that specific string. An unquoted, italicized name specifies a particular type of value.

    The types used, and their meanings, are as follows:

    boolean

    One of the strings "yes", "true", or "1" to indicate the value true, or one of the strings "no", "false", or "0" to indicate the value false. Note: the values are synonyms; where this specification uses a phrase such as “If required='yes' is specified ...” this is to be interpreted as meaning “If the attribute named required is present, and has the value yes, true, or 1 (after stripping leading and trailing whitespace) ...”.

    string

    Any string.

    expression

    An XPath expression.

    pattern

    A pattern as described in 5.4 Patterns.

    item-type

    An ItemTypeXP40 as defined in the XPath 4.0 specification.

    sequence-type

    A SequenceTypeXP40 as defined in the XPath 4.0 specification.

    uri; uris

    A URI, for example a namespace URI or a collation URI; a whitespace-separated list of URIs.

    qname

    A lexical QName as defined in 5.1.1 Qualified Names.

    eqname; eqnames

    An EQName as defined in 5.1.1 Qualified Names; a whitespace-separated list of EQNames.

    token; tokens

    A string containing no significant whitespace; a whitespace-separated list of such strings.

    nmtoken; nmtokens

    A string conforming to the XML schema rules for the type xs:NMTOKEN; a whitespace-separated list of such strings.

    char

    A string comprising a single Unicode character.

    language

    A string in the value space of xs:language, or a zero-length string.

    integer

    An integer, that is, a string that is castable to the schema type xs:integer.

    decimal

    A decimal value, that is, a string that is castable to the schema type xs:decimal.

    ncname; ncnames

    An unprefixed name: a string that is castable to the schema type xs:NCName; a whitespace-separated list of such strings.

    prefix; prefixes

    An xs:NCName representing a namespace prefix, which must be in scope for the element on which it appears; a whitespace-separated list of such strings.

    id

    An xs:NCName used as a unique identifier for an element in the containing XML document.

    Except where the set of allowed values of an attribute is specified using the italicized name string or char, leading and trailing whitespace in the attribute value is ignored. In the case of an attribute value template, this applies to the effective value obtained when the attribute value template is expanded.

    XPath comments (delimited by (: ... :)) are permitted anywhere that inter-token whitespace is permitted in attributes whose type is given as expression, pattern, item-type, or sequence-type, and are not permitted in attributes of other types (other than within expressions enclosed by curly braces within an attribute value template).

  • If an attribute has a simple default value, this is shown between tortoise-shell brackets (for example 〔'no'〕). Where no default is shown, the consequence of omitting the attribute is explained in the prose narrative. Default values shown in the summary apply only where the attribute itself is applicable; if an attribute is not permitted to appear in the particular context, then its default value should be ignored. (For example, the stable attribute of xsl:sort is shown as having a default value of 'yes', but the attribute is allowed only on the first of a sequence of adjacent xsl:sort elements.) The quotation marks around a default value are not part of the value.

  • Unless the element is required to be empty, the model element contains a comment specifying the allowed content. The allowed content is specified in a way similar to an element type declaration in XML; sequence constructor means that any mixture of text nodes, literal result elements, extension instructions, and XSLT elements from the instruction category is allowed; other-declarations means that any mixture of XSLT elements from the declaration category is allowed, together with user-defined data elements.

  • The element is prefaced by comments indicating if it belongs to the instruction category or declaration category or both. The category of an element affects only whether it is allowed in the content of elements that allow a sequence constructor or other-declarations.

Example: Syntax Notation

This example illustrates the notation used to describe XSLT elements.

<!-- Category: instruction -->
<xsl:example-element
  select = expression
  debug? = boolean
  validation? = { "strict" | "lax" }〔strict〕 >
  <!-- Content: ((xsl:variable | xsl:param)*, xsl:sequence) -->
</xsl:example-element>

This example defines a (non-existent) element xsl:example-element. The element is classified as an instruction. It takes the following attributes:

  1. A mandatory select attribute, whose value is an XPath expression

  2. An optional debug attribute, whose value must be yes, true, or 1 to indicate true, or no, false, or 0 to indicate false.

  3. An optional validation attribute, whose value must be strict or lax; the curly brackets indicate that the value can be defined as an attribute value template, allowing a value such as validation="{ $val }", where the variableval is evaluated to yield "strict" or "lax" at run-time. The value strict in tortoise-shell brackets indicates the default value, if the attribute is not present.

The content of an xsl:example-element instruction is defined to be a sequence of zero or more xsl:variable and xsl:param elements, followed by an xsl:sequence element.

[ERR XTSE0010] It is a static error if an XSLT-defined element is used in a context where it is not permitted, if a required attribute is omitted, or if the content of the element does not correspond to the content that is allowed for the element.

The rules in the element syntax summary (both for the element structure and for its attributes) apply to the stylesheet content after preprocessing as described in 3.13 Stylesheet Preprocessing.

[Definition: The effective value of an attribute or text node in the stylesheet is the value after any required expansion or normalization.]

More specifically, the effective value is the value after:

  • Expanding shadow attributes as described in 3.13.4 Shadow Attributes;

  • Expanding defaults (for example, if an xsl:message instruction has no terminate attribute, then the effective value of the terminate attribute is no);

  • Stripping ignored whitespace (for example, the effective value of a boolean attribute written as terminate=" no " is no);

  • Replacing synonyms (for example in boolean attributes, 1 and true are synonyms of yes);

  • Expanding attribute value templates and text value templates.

  • Applying rules from the static context: for example, the effective value of a collation attribute is the value after expanding a relative URI against the static base URI.

Attributes are validated as follows. These rules apply to the value of the attribute after removing leading and trailing whitespace.

  • [ERR XTSE0020] It is a static error if an attribute (other than an attribute written using curly brackets in a position where an attribute value template is permitted) contains a value that is not one of the permitted values for that attribute.

  • [ERR XTDE0030] It is a dynamic error if the effective value of an attribute written using curly brackets, in a position where an attribute value template is permitted, is a value that is not one of the permitted values for that attribute. If the processor is able to detect the error statically (for example, when any XPath expressions within the curly brackets can be evaluated statically), then the processor may optionally raise this as a static error.

Special rules apply if the construct appears in part of the stylesheet that is processed with forwards compatible behavior: see 3.10 Forwards Compatible Processing.

[Definition: Some constructs defined in this specification are described as being deprecated. The use of this term implies that stylesheet authors should not use the construct, and that the construct may be removed in a later version of this specification.]

Note:

This specification includes a non-normative XML Schema for XSLT stylesheet modules (see H Schemas for XSLT 4.0 Stylesheets). The syntax summaries described in this section are normative.

XSLT defines a set of standard functions which are additional to those defined in [Functions and Operators 4.0]. A list of these functions appears in G.2 List of XSLT-defined functions. The signatures of these functions are described using the same notation as used in [Functions and Operators 4.0]. The names of many of these functions are in the standard function namespace.

2.3 Initiating a Transformation

This document does not specify any application programming interfaces or other interfaces for initiating a transformation. This section, however, describes the information that is supplied when a transformation is initiated. Except where otherwise indicated, the information is required.

The execution of a stylesheet necessarily involves two activities: static analysis and dynamic evaluation. Static analysis consists of those tasks that can be performed by inspection of the stylesheet alone, including the binding of static variables, the evaluation of [xsl:]use-when expressions (see 3.13.3 Conditional Element Inclusion) and shadow attributes (see 3.13.4 Shadow Attributes), and the detection of static errors. Dynamic evaluation consists of tasks which in general cannot be carried out until a source document is available.

Dynamic evaluation is further divided into two activities: priming the stylesheet, and invoking a selected component.

  • Priming the stylesheet provides the dynamic context for evaluation, and supplies all the information needed to establish the values of global variables.

  • Invoking a component (such as a template or function) causes evaluation of that template or function to produce a result, which is an arbitrary XDM value.

    [Definition: The result of invoking the selected component, after any required conversion to the declared result type of the component, is referred to as the raw result.]

    The raw result of the invocation is the immediate result of evaluating the sequence constructor contained in the target template or function, modified by applying the coercion rules to convert the immediate result to the type declared in the as attribute of the xsl:template or xsl:function declaration, if present.

    This raw result may optionally be post-processed to construct a result tree, to serialize the result, or both, as described in 2.3.6 Post-processing the Raw Result.

Implementations may allow static analysis and dynamic evaluation to be initiated independently, so that the cost of static analysis can be amortized over multiple transformations using the same stylesheet. Implementations may also allow priming of a stylesheet and invocation of components to be initiated independently, in which case a single act of priming the stylesheet may be followed by a series of independent component invocations. Although this specification does not require such a separation, this section distinguishes information that is needed before static analysis can proceed, information that is needed to prime the stylesheet, and information that is needed when invoking components.

The language is designed to allow the static analysis of each package to be performed independently of other packages, with only basic knowledge of the properties of components made available by used packages. Beyond this, the specification leaves it to implementations to decide how to organize this process. When packages are not used explicitly, the entire stylesheet is treated as a single package.

2.3.1 Information needed for Static Analysis

The following information is needed prior to static analysis of a package:

Conceptually, the output of the static analysis of a package is an object which might be referred to (without constraining the implementation) as a compiled package. Prior to dynamic evaluation, all the compiled packages needed for execution must be checked for consistency, and component references must be resolved. This process may be referred to, again without constraining the implementation, as linking.

2.3.2 Priming a Stylesheet

The information needed when priming a stylesheet is as follows:

  • A set (possibly empty) of values for non-static stylesheet parameters (see 9.5 Global Variables and Parameters). These values are available for use within expressions in the stylesheet. As a minimum, values must be supplied for any parameters declared with the attribute required="yes".

    A supplied value is converted if necessary to the declared type of the stylesheet parameter using the coercion rules.

    Note:

    Non-static stylesheet parameters are implicitly public, which ensures that all the parameters in the stylesheet for which values can be supplied externally have distinct names. Static parameters, by contrast, are local to a package.

  • [Definition: An item that is the global context item for the transformation acts as the context item when evaluating the select expression or sequence constructor of a global variablewhose declaration is within the top-level package, as described in 5.3.3.1 Maintaining Position: the Focus. The global context item may also be available in a named template when the stylesheet is invoked as described in 2.3.4 Call-Template Invocation]. [XSLT 3.0 Erratum E7, bug 30179].

    Note:

    In previous releases of this specification, a single node was typically supplied to represent the source document for the transformation. This node was used as the target node for the implicit call on xsl:apply-templates used to start the transformation process (now called the initial match selection), and the root node of the containing tree was used as the context item for evaluation of global variables (now called the global context item). This relationship between the initial match selection and the global context item is likely to be found for compatibility reasons in a transformation API designed to work with earlier versions of this specification, but it is no longer a necessary relationship; the two values can in principle be completely independent of each other.

    Stylesheet authors wanting to write code that can be invoked using legacy APIs should not rely on the caller being able to supply different values for the initial match selection and the global context item.

    In XPath 4.0, the concept of context item has been generalized and is now referred to as the context valueXP40. For XSLT 4.0, however, the global context item is still constrained to be either a single item, or absent.

    The value given to the global context item (and the values given to stylesheet parameters) cannot be nodes in a streamed document. This rule ensures that all global variables can freely navigate within the relevant tree, with no constraints imposed by the streamability rules.

    The global context item is potentially used when initializing global variables and parameters. If the initialization of any global variables or parameter depends on the context item, a dynamic error can occur if the context item is absent. It is implementation-defined whether this error occurs during priming of the stylesheet or subsequently when the variable is referenced; and it is implementation-defined whether the error occurs at all if the variable or parameter is never referenced. The error can be suppressed by use of xsl:try and xsl:catch within the sequence constructor used to initialize the variable or parameter. It cannot be suppressed by use of xsl:try around a reference to the global variable.

    In a library package, the context item, context position, and context size used for evaluation of global variables will be absent, and the evaluation of any expression that references these values will result in a dynamic error. This will also be the case in the top-level package if no global context item is supplied.

    Note:

    If a context item is available within a global variable declaration, then the context position and context size will always be 1 (one).

    Note:

    For maximum reusability of code, it is best to avoid use of the context item when initializing global variables and parameters. Instead, all external information should be supplied using named stylesheet parameters, ideally with namespaces, to avoid confusion and conflicts in the information supplied externally to different packages.

    When a stylesheet parameter is defined in a library package, it is possible for a using package to supply a value for the parameter by overriding the parameter declaration within an xsl:override element. If the using package is the top-level package then the overriding declaration can refer to the global context item.

  • A mechanism for obtaining a document node and a media type, given an absolute URI. The total set of available documents (modeled as a mapping from URIs to document nodes) forms part of the context for evaluating XPath expressions, specifically the docFO40 function. The XSLT document function additionally requires the media type of the resource representation, for use in interpreting any fragment identifier present within a URI Reference.

    Note:

    The set of documents that are available to the stylesheet is implementation-dependent, as is the processing that is carried out to construct a tree representing the resource retrieved using a given URI. Some possible ways of constructing a document (specifically, rules for constructing a document from an Infoset or from a PSVI) are described in [XDM 3.0].

Once a stylesheet is primed, the values of global variables remain stable through all component invocations. In addition, priming a stylesheet creates an execution scopeFO40 during which the dynamic context and all calls on deterministicFO40 functions remain stable; for example two calls on the current-dateTimeFO40 function within an execution scope are defined to return the same result.

Parameters passed to the transformation by the client application when a stylesheet is primed are matched against stylesheet parameters (see 9.5 Global Variables and Parameters), not against the template parameters of any template executed during the course of the transformation.

[ERR XTDE0050] It is a dynamic error if a stylesheet declares a visible stylesheet parameter that is explicitly or implicitly mandatory, and no value for this parameter is supplied when the stylesheet is primed. A stylesheet parameter is visible if it is not masked by another global variable or parameter with the same name and higher import precedence. If the parameter is a static parameter then the value must be supplied prior to the static analysis phase.

2.3.3 Apply-Templates Invocation

[Definition: A stylesheet may be evaluated by supplying a value to be processed, together with an initial mode. The value (which can be any sequence of items) is referred to as the initial match selection. The processing then corresponds to the effect of the xsl:apply-templates instruction.]

The initial match selection will often be a single document node, traditionally called the source document of the transformation; but in general, it can be any sequence. If the initial match selection is an empty sequence, the result of the transformation will be empty, since no template rules are evaluated.

Processing proceeds by finding the template rules that match the items in the initial match selection, and evaluating these template rules with a focus based on the initial match selection. The template rules are evaluated in final output state.

The following information is needed when dynamic evaluation is to start with a template rule:

  • The initial match selection. An API that chooses to maintain compatibility with previous versions of this specification should allow a method of invocation in which a singleton node is provided, which is then used in two ways: the node itself acts as the initial match selection, and the root node of the containing tree acts as the global context item.

  • Optionally, an initial mode.

    [Definition: The initial mode is the mode used to select template rules for processing items in the initial match selection when apply-templates invocation is used to initiate a transformation.]

    In searching for the template rule that best matches the items in the initial match selection, the processor considers only those rules that apply to the initial mode.

    If no initial mode is supplied explicitly, then the initial mode is that named in the default-mode attribute of the (explicit or implicit) xsl:package element of the top-level package or in the absence of such an attribute, the unnamed mode.

    [ERR XTDE0044] It is a dynamic error if the invocation of the stylesheet specifies an initial mode when no initial match selection is supplied (either explicitly, or defaulted to the global context item).

    A (named or unnamed) modeM is eligible as an initial mode if one of the following conditions applies, where P is the top-level package of the stylesheet:

    1. M is explicitly declared in an xsl:mode declaration within P, and has public or finalvisibility (either by virtue of its visibility attribute, or by virtue of an xsl:expose declaration).

    2. M is the unnamed mode.

    3. M is named in the default-mode attribute of the (explicit or implicit) xsl:package element of P.

    4. M is declared in a package used by P, and is given public or finalvisibility in P by means of an xsl:accept declaration.

    5. The effective value of the declared-modes attribute of the explicit or implicit xsl:package element of P is no, and M appears as a mode-name in the mode attribute of a template rule declared within P.

    [ERR XTDE0045] It is a dynamic error if the invocation of the stylesheet specifies an initial mode and the specified mode is not eligible as an initial mode (as defined above).

  • Parameters, which will be passed to the template rules used to process items in the input sequence. The parameters consist of two sets of (QName, value) pairs, one set for tunnel parameters and one for non-tunnel parameters, in which the QName identifies the name of a parameter and the value provides the value of the parameter. Either or both sets of parameters may be empty. The effect is the same as when a template is invoked using xsl:apply-templates with an xsl:with-param child specifying tunnel="yes" or tunnel="no" as appropriate. If a parameter is supplied that is not declared or used, the value is simply ignored. These parameters are not used to set stylesheet parameters.

    A supplied value is converted if necessary to the declared type of the template parameter using the coercion rules.

  • Details of how the result of the initial template is to be returned. For details, see 2.3.6 Post-processing the Raw Result

The raw result of the invocation is the result of processing the supplied input sequence as if by a call on xsl:apply-templates in the specified mode: specifically, each item in the input sequence is processed by selecting and evaluating the best matching template rule, and converting the result (if necessary) to the type declared in the as attribute of that template using the coercion rules; and the results of processing each item are then concatenated into a single sequence, respecting the order of items in the input sequence.

Note:

If the initial mode is declared-streamable, then a streaming processor should allow some or all of the items in the initial match selection to be nodes supplied in streamable form, and any nodes that are supplied in this form must then be processed using streaming.

Since the global context item cannot be a streamed node, in cases where the transformation is to proceed by applying streamable templates to a streamed input document, the global context item must either be absent, or must be something that differs from the initial match selection.

Note:

The design of the API for invoking a transformation should provide some means for users to designate the unnamed mode as the initial mode in cases where it is not the default mode.

It is a dynamic error[see ERR XTDE0700] if the template rule selected for processing any item in the initial match selection defines a template parameter that specifies required="yes" and no value is supplied for that parameter.

Note:

A stylesheet can process further source documents in addition to those supplied when the transformation is invoked. These additional documents can be loaded using the functions document (see 20.1 fn:document); or docFO40, unparsed-textFO40, unparsed-text-linesFO40, or collectionFO40 (see [Functions and Operators 4.0]); or using the xsl:source-document instruction; alternatively, they can be supplied as stylesheet parameters (see 9.5 Global Variables and Parameters), or returned as the result of an extension function (see 25.1 Extension Functions).

2.3.4 Call-Template Invocation

[Definition: A stylesheet may be evaluated by selecting a named template to be evaluated; this is referred to as the initial named template.] The effect is analogous to the effect of executing an xsl:call-template instruction. The following information is needed in this case:

  • Optionally, the name of the initial named template which is to be executed as the entry point to the transformation. If no template name is supplied, the default template name is xsl:initial-template. The selected template must exist within the stylesheet.

  • Optionally, a context item for evaluation of this named template, defaulting to the global context item if it exists. This is constrained by any xsl:context-item element appearing within the selected xsl:template element. The initial named template is evaluated with a singleton focus based on this context item if it exists, or with an absent focus otherwise.

    Note:

    The context item for evaluation of the named template must be either a single item or absent; it cannot be an arbitrary value.

  • Parameters, which will be passed to the selected template rule. The parameters consist of two sets of (QName, value) pairs, one set for tunnel parameters and one for non-tunnel parameters, in which the QName identifies the name of a parameter and the value provides the value of the parameter. Either or both sets of parameters may be empty. The effect is the same as when a template is invoked using xsl:call-template with an xsl:with-param child specifying tunnel="yes" or tunnel="no" as appropriate. If a parameter is supplied that is not declared or used, the value is simply ignored. These parameters are not used to set stylesheet parameters.

    A supplied value is converted if necessary to the declared type of the template parameter using the coercion rules.

  • Details of how the result of the initial named template is to be returned. For details, see 2.3.6 Post-processing the Raw Result

The raw result of the invocation is the result of evaluating the initial named template, after conversion of the result to the type declared in the as attribute of that template using the coercion rules, if such conversion is necessary.

The initial named template is evaluated in final output state.

[ERR XTDE0040] It is a dynamic error if the invocation of the stylesheet specifies a template name that does not match the expanded QName of a named template defined in the stylesheet, whose visibility is public or final.

Note:

When the top-level package is rooted at an xsl:stylesheet or xsl:transform element, named templates having no explicit visibility attribute are automatically exposed as public components. (This is a consequence of the transformation applied to a package written using “simplified syntax”, described in 3.5 Packages.) [XSLT 3.0 Erratum E8, bug 30181].

It is a dynamic error[see ERR XTDE0700] if the initial named template, or any of the template rules invoked to process items in the initial match selection, defines a template parameter that specifies required="yes" and no value is supplied for that parameter.

2.3.5 Function Call Invocation

[Definition: A stylesheet may be evaluated by calling a named stylesheet function, referred to as the initial function.] The following additional information is needed in this case:

  • The name and arity of a stylesheet function which is to be executed as the entry point to the transformation.

    Note:

    In the design of a concrete API, the arity may be inferred from the length of the parameter list.

  • A list of values to act as parameters to the initial function. The number of values in the list must be the same as the arity of the function.

    A supplied value is converted if necessary to the declared type of the function parameter using the coercion rules.

  • Details of how the result of the initial function is to be returned. For details, see 2.3.6 Post-processing the Raw Result

The raw result of the invocation is the result of evaluating the initial function, after conversion of the result to the type declared in the as attribute of that function using the coercion rules, if such conversion is necessary.

Note:

The initial function (like all stylesheet functions) is evaluated with an absentfocus.

If the initial function is declared-streamable, a streaming processor should allow the value of the first argument to be supplied in streamable form, and if it is supplied in this form, then it must be processed using streaming.

[ERR XTDE0041] It is a dynamic error if the invocation of the stylesheet specifies a function name and arity that does not match the expanded QName and arity of a named stylesheet function defined in the stylesheet, whose visibility is public or final.

When a transformation is invoked by calling an initial function, the entire transformation executes in temporary output state, which means that calls on xsl:result-document are not permitted.

[TODO: Generalize the above description to allow for the possibility of keyword-based and optional arguments.]

2.3.6 Post-processing the Raw Result

There are three ways the result of a transformation may be delivered. (This applies both to the principal result, described here, and also to secondary results, generated using xsl:result-document.)

  1. The raw result (a sequence of values) may be returned directly to the calling application.

  2. A result tree may be constructed from the raw result. By default, a result tree is constructed if the build-tree attribute of the unnamed output definition has the effective valueyes. An API for invoking transformations may allow this setting to be overridden by the calling application. If result tree construction is requested, it is performed as described in 2.3.6.1 Result Tree Construction.

  3. Alternatively, the raw result may be serialized as described in 2.3.6.2 Serializing the Result. The decision whether or not to serialize the result is determined by the rules of transformation API provided by the processor, and is not influenced by anything in the stylesheet.

Note:

This specification does not constrain the design of application programming interfaces or the choice of defaults. In previous versions of this specification, result tree construction was a mandatory process, while serialization was optional. When invoking stylesheet functions directly, however, result tree construction and serialization may be inappropriate as defaults. These considerations may affect the design of APIs.

In previous versions of XSLT, results were delivered either in serialized form (as a character or byte stream), or as a tree. In the latter case processors typically would use either their own tree representation, or a standardized tree representation such as the W3C Document Object Model (DOM) (see [DOM Level 2]), adapted to the data structures offered by the programming language in which the API is defined. To deliver a raw result, processors need to define a representation not only of XDM nodes but also of sequences, atomic items, maps, arrays, and even functions. As with the return of a simple tree, this may involve a trade-off between strict fidelity to the XDM data model and usability in the particular programming language environment. It is not a requirement that an API should return results in a way that exposes every property of the XDM data model; for example there may be APIs that do not expose the precise type annotation of a returned node or atomic item, or that fail to expose the base URI or document URI of a node, or that provide no way of determining whether two nodes in the result sequence are the same node in the sense of the XPath is operator. The way in which maps, arrays, and functions are returned requires careful design choices. It is recommended that an API should be capable of returning any XDM value without error, and that there should be minimal loss of information if the raw results output by one transformation are subsequently used as input to another transformation.

2.3.6.1 Result Tree Construction

If a result tree is to be constructed from the raw result, then this is done by applying the rules for the process of sequence normalizationSER30 as defined in [XSLT and XQuery Serialization]. This process takes as input the serialization parameters defined in the unnamed output definition of the top-level package; though the only parameter that is actually used by this process is item-separator. [XSLT 3.0 Erratum E14, bug 30208].

The sequence normalization process either returns a document node, or raises a serialization error. The content of the document node is not necessarily well-formed (the document node may have any number of element or text nodes among its children).

Note:

More specifically, the process raises a serialization error if any item in the raw result is an attribute node, a namespace node, or a function (including a map, but not an array: arrays are flattened).

The tree that is constructed is referred to as a final result tree.

If the raw result is an empty sequence, the final result tree will consist of a document node with no children.

The base URI of the document node is set to the base output URI.

Note:

The item-separator property has no effect if the raw result of the transformation is a sequence of length zero or one, which in practice will often be the case, especially in a traditional scenario such as transformation of an XML document to HTML.

If there is no item-separator, then a single space is inserted between adjacent atomic items; for example if the raw result is the sequence 1 to 5, then sequence normalization produces a tree comprising a document node with a single child, the child being a text node with the string value 1 2 3 4 5.

If there is an item-separator, then it is used not only between adjacent atomic items, but between any pair of items in the raw result. For example if the raw result is a sequence of two element nodes A and B, and the item-separator is a comma, then the result of sequence normalization will be a document node with three children: a copy of A, a text node whose string value is a single comma, and a copy of B.

2.3.6.2 Serializing the Result

See 2.7 Parsing and Serialization.

The raw result may optionally be serialized as described in 27 Serialization. The serialization is controlled by the serialization parameters defined in the unnamed output definition of the top-level package.

Note:

The first phase of serialization, called sequence normalizationSER30, takes place for some output methods but not others. For example, if the json output method (defined in [XSLT and XQuery Serialization 4.0]) is selected, then the process of constructing a tree is bypassed.

The effect of serialization is to generate a sequence of octets, representing the serialized result in some character encoding. The processor’s API may define mechanisms enabling this sequence of octets to be written to persistent storage at some location. The default location is the location identified by the base output URI.

In previous versions of this specification it was stated that when the raw result of the initial template or function is an empty sequence, a result tree should be produced if and only if the transformation generates no secondary results (that is, if it does not invoke xsl:result-document). This provision is most likely to have a noticeable effect if the transformation produces serialized results, and these results are written to persistent storage: the effect is then that a transformation producing an empty principal result will overwrite any existing content at the base output URI location if and only if the transformation produces no other output. Processor APIs offering backwards compatibility with earlier versions of XSLT must respect this behavior, but there is no requirement for new processor APIs to do so.

[Definition:  The base output URI is a URI to be used as the base URI when resolving a relative URI reference allocated to a final result tree. If the transformation generates more than one final result tree, then typically each one will be allocated a URI relative to this base URI.] The way in which a base output URI is established is implementation-defined. Each invocation of the stylesheet may supply a different base output URI. It is acceptable for the base output URI to be absent, provided no constructs (such as xsl:result-document) are evaluated that depend on the value of the base output URI.

Note:

It will often be convenient for the base output URI to be the same as the location to which the principal result document is serialized, but this relationship is not a necessary one.

2.4 Instructions

The main executable components of a stylesheet are templates and functions. The body of a template or function is a sequence constructor, which is a sequence of elements and text nodes that can be evaluated to produce a result.

A sequence constructor is a sequence of sibling nodes in the stylesheet, each of which is either an XSLT instruction, a literal result element, a text node, or an extension instruction.

[Definition: An instruction is either an XSLT instruction or an extension instruction.]

[Definition: An XSLT instruction is an XSLT element whose syntax summary in this specification contains the annotation <!-- category: instruction -->.]

Extension instructions are described in 25.2 Extension Instructions.

The main categories of XSLT instruction are as follows:

2.5 Rule-Based Processing

The classic method of executing an XSLT transformation is to apply template rules to the root node of an input document (see 2.3.3 Apply-Templates Invocation). The operation of applying templates to a node searches the stylesheet for the best matching template rule for that node. This template rule is then evaluated. A common coding pattern, especially when XSLT is used to convert XML documents into display formats such as HTML, is to have one template rule for each kind of element in the source document, and for that template rule to generate some appropriate markup elements, and to apply templates recursively to its own children. The effect is to perform a recursive traversal of the source tree, in which each node is processed using the best-fit template rule for that node. The final result of the transformation is then the tree produced by this recursive process. This result can then be optionally serialized (see 2.3.6 Post-processing the Raw Result).

Example: Example of Rule-Based Processing

This example uses rule-based processing to convert a simple XML input document into an HTML output document.

The input document takes the form:

<PERSONAE PLAY="OTHELLO">
    <TITLE>Dramatis Personae</TITLE>
    <PERSONA>DUKE OF VENICE</PERSONA>
    <PERSONA>BRABANTIO, a senator.</PERSONA>
    <PERSONA>Other Senators.</PERSONA>
    <PERSONA>GRATIANO, brother to Brabantio.</PERSONA>
    <PERSONA>LODOVICO, kinsman to Brabantio.</PERSONA>
    <PERSONA>OTHELLO, a noble Moor in the service of the Venetian state.</PERSONA>
    <PERSONA>CASSIO, his lieutenant.</PERSONA>
    <PERSONA>IAGO, his ancient.</PERSONA>
    <PERSONA>RODERIGO, a Venetian gentleman.</PERSONA>
    <PERSONA>MONTANO, Othello's predecessor in the government of Cyprus.</PERSONA>
    <PERSONA>Clown, servant to Othello. </PERSONA>
    <PERSONA>DESDEMONA, daughter to Brabantio and wife to Othello.</PERSONA>
    <PERSONA>EMILIA, wife to Iago.</PERSONA>
    <PERSONA>BIANCA, mistress to Cassio.</PERSONA>
    <PERSONA>Sailor, Messenger, Herald, Officers, 
             Gentlemen, Musicians, and Attendants.</PERSONA>
  </PERSONAE>

The stylesheet to render this as HTML can be written as a set of template rules:

<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
    version="3.0"
    expand-text="yes">
    
 <xsl:strip-space elements="PERSONAE"/>   
    
 <xsl:template match="PERSONAE">
   <html>
     <head>
       <title>The Cast of {@PLAY}</title>
     </head>
     <body>
       <xsl:apply-templates/>
     </body>
   </html>
 </xsl:template>
 
 <xsl:template match="TITLE">
   <h1>{.}</h1>
 </xsl:template>
 
 <xsl:template match="PERSONA[count(tokenize(., ',')) = 2]">
   <p><b>{substring-before(., ',')}</b>: {substring-after(., ',')}</p>
 </xsl:template> 

 <xsl:template match="PERSONA">
   <p><b>{.}</b></p>
 </xsl:template>

</xsl:stylesheet>

There are four template rules here:

  • The first rule matches the outermost element, named PERSONAE (it could equally have used match="/" to match the document node). The effect of this rule is to create the skeleton of the output HTML page. Technically, the body of the template is a sequence constructor comprising a single literal result element (the html element); this in turn contains a sequence constructor comprising two literal result elements (the head and body elements). The head element is populated with a literal title element whose content is computed as a mixture of fixed and variable text using a text value template. The body element is populated by evaluating an xsl:apply-templates instruction.

    The effect of the xsl:apply-templates instruction is to process the children of the PERSONAE element in the source tree: that is, the TITLE and PERSONA elements. (It would also process any whitespace text node children, but these have been stripped by virtue of the xsl:strip-space declaration.) Each of these child elements is processed by the best matching template rule for that element, which will be one of the other three rules in the stylesheet.

  • The template rule for the TITLE element outputs an h1 element to the HTML result document, and populates this with the value of ., the context item. That is, it copies the text content of the TITLE element to the output h1 element.

  • The last two rules match PERSONA elements. The first rule matches PERSONA elements whose text content contains exactly one comma; the second rule matches all PERSONA elements, but it has lower priority than the first rule (see 6.6 Default Priority for Template Rules), so in practice it applies only to PERSONA elements that contain no comma or multiple commas.

    For both rules the body of the rule is a sequence constructor containing a single literal result element, the p element. These literal result elements contain further sequence constructors comprising literal result elements and text nodes. In each of these examples the text nodes are in the form of a text value template: in general this is a combination of fixed text together with XPath expressions enclosed in curly braces, which are evaluated to form the content of the containing literal result element.

[Definition: A stylesheet contains a set of template rules (see 6 Template Rules). A template rule has three parts: a pattern that is matched against selected items (often but not necessarily nodes), a (possibly empty) set of template parameters, and a sequence constructor that is evaluated to produce a sequence of items.] In many cases these items are newly constructed nodes, which are then written to a result tree.

2.6 The Evaluation Context

The results of some expressions and instructions in a stylesheet may depend on information provided contextually. This context information is divided into two categories: the static context, which is known during static analysis of the stylesheet, and the dynamic context, which is not known until the stylesheet is evaluated. Although information in the static context is known at analysis time, it is sometimes used during stylesheet evaluation.

Some context information can be set by means of declarations within the stylesheet itself. For example, the namespace bindings used for any XPath expression are determined by the namespace declarations present in containing elements in the stylesheet. Other information may be supplied externally or implicitly: an example is the current date and time.

The context information used in processing an XSLT stylesheet includes as a subset all the context information required when evaluating XPath expressions. The XPath 4.0 specification defines a static and dynamic context that the host language (in this case, XSLT) may initialize, which affects the results of XPath expressions used in that context. XSLT augments the context with additional information: this additional information is used firstly by XSLT constructs outside the scope of XPath (for example, the xsl:sort element), and secondly, by functions that are defined in the XSLT specification (such as key and current-group) that are available for use in XPath expressions appearing within a stylesheet.

The static context for an expression or other construct in a stylesheet is determined by the place in which it appears lexically. The details vary for different components of the static context, but in general, elements within a stylesheet module affect the static context for their descendant elements within the same stylesheet module.

The dynamic context is maintained as a stack. When an instruction or expression is evaluated, it may add dynamic context information to the stack; when evaluation is complete, the dynamic context reverts to its previous state. An expression that accesses information from the dynamic context always uses the value at the top of the stack.

The most commonly used component of the dynamic context is the context item. This is an implicit variable whose value is the item currently being processed (it may be a node, an atomic item, or a function item). The value of the context item can be referenced within an XPath expression using the expression . (dot).

XPath 4.0 generalizes the context item so it can be any value (not necessarily a single item), and it is now known as the context valueXP40. In certain XPath expressions, the value of the expression . can now be an arbitrary value, rather than a single item. However, there is currently no construct in XSLT 4.0 that takes advantage of this; in the context supplied by XSLT to XPath (except when using the xsl:evaluate instruction), the context value is always either a single item, or absent. The XSLT specification therefore continues to refer to the context item rather than the context valueXP40.

Full details of the static and dynamic context are provided in 5.3 The Static and Dynamic Context.

2.7 Parsing and Serialization

An XSLT stylesheet describes a process that constructs a set of results from a set of inputs. The inputs are the data provided at stylesheet invocation, as described in 2.3 Initiating a Transformation. The results include the principal result (an arbitrary sequence), which is the result of the initial component invocation, together with any secondary results produced using xsl:result-document instructions.

The stylesheet does not describe how a source tree is constructed. Some possible ways of constructing source trees are described in [XDM 3.0]. Frequently an implementation will operate in conjunction with an XML parser (or more strictly, in the terminology of [XML 1.0], an XML processor), to build a source tree from an input XML document. An implementation may also provide an application programming interface allowing the tree to be constructed directly, or allowing it to be supplied in the form of a DOM Document object (see [DOM Level 2]). This is outside the scope of this specification. Users should be aware, however, that since the input to the transformation is a tree conforming to the XDM data model as described in [XDM 3.0], constructs that might exist in the original XML document, or in the DOM, but which are not within the scope of the data model, cannot be processed by the stylesheet and cannot be guaranteed to remain unchanged in the transformation output. Such constructs include CDATA section boundaries, the use of entity references, and the DOCTYPE declaration and internal DTD subset.

[Definition: A frequent requirement is to output a final result tree as an XML document (or in other formats such as HTML). This process is referred to as serialization.]

Like parsing, serialization is not part of the transformation process, and it is not required that an XSLT processor must be able to perform serialization. However, for pragmatic reasons, this specification describes declarations (the xsl:output element and the xsl:character-map declarations, see 27 Serialization), and attributes on the xsl:result-document instruction, that allow a stylesheet to specify the desired properties of a serialized output file. When serialization is not being performed, either because the implementation does not support the serialization option, or because the user is executing the transformation in a way that does not invoke serialization, then the content of the xsl:output and xsl:character-map declarations has no effect. Under these circumstances the processor may raise any errors in an xsl:output or xsl:character-map declaration, or in the serialization attributes of xsl:result-document, but is not required to do so.

2.8 Packages and Modules

In XSLT 1.0 and 2.0 it was possible to structure a stylesheet as a collection of modules, using the xsl:include and xsl:import declarations to express the dependency of one module on others.

In XSLT 3.0 an additional layer of modularization of stylesheet code was enabled through the introduction of packages. A package is a collection of stylesheet modules with a controlled interface to the packages that use it: for example, it defines which functions and templates defined in the package are visible to callers, which are purely internal, and which are not only public but capable of being overridden by other functions and templates supplied by the using package.

Packages are introduced with several motivations, which broadly divide into two categories:

  1. Software engineering benefits: greater re-use of code, greater robustness through ease of testing, controlled evolution of code in response to new requirements, ability to deliver code that users cannot see or modify.

  2. Efficiency benefits: the ability to avoid compiling libraries repeatedly when they are used in multiple stylesheets, and to avoid holding multiple copies of the same library in memory simultaneously.

Packages are designed to allow separate compilation: that is, a package can be compiled independently of the packages that use it. This specification does not define a process model for compilation, or expand on what it means to compile different packages independently. Nor does it mandate that implementations offer any feature along these lines. It merely defines language features that are designed to make separate compilation of packages possible.

To achieve this, packages (unlike modules):

  • Must not contain unresolved references to functions, templates, or variables declared in other packages;

  • Have strict rules governing the ability to override declarations in a library package with declarations in a package that uses the library;

  • Constrain the visibility of component names and of context declarations such as the declarations of keys and decimal formats;

  • Can declare a mode (a collection of template rules) as final, which disallows the addition of new overriding template rules in a using package;

  • Require explicit disambiguation where naming conflicts arise, for example when a package uses two other packages that both export like-named components;

  • Allow multiple specializations of library components to coexist in the same application.

A package is defined in XSLT by means of an XML document whose outermost element is an xsl:package element. This is referred to as the package manifest. The xsl:package element has optional child elements xsl:use-package and xsl:expose describing properties of the package. The package manifest may refer to an external top-level stylesheet module using an xsl:include or xsl:import declaration, or it may contain the body of a stylesheet module inline (the two approaches can also be mixed).

Although this specification defines packages as constructs written using a defined XSLT syntax, implementations may provide mechanisms that allow packages to be written using other languages (for example, XQuery).

When no packages are explicitly defined, the entire stylesheet is treated as a single package; the effect is as if the xsl:stylesheet or xsl:transform element of the principal stylesheet module were replaced by an xsl:package element with no other information in the package manifest.

2.9 Extensibility

XSLT defines a number of features that allow the language to be extended by implementers, or, if implementers choose to provide the capability, by users. These features have been designed, so far as possible, so that they can be used without sacrificing interoperability. Extensions other than those explicitly defined in this specification are not permitted.

These features are all based on XML namespaces; namespaces are used to ensure that the extensions provided by one implementer do not clash with those of a different implementer.

The most common way of extending the language is by providing additional functions, which can be invoked from XPath expressions. These are known as extension functions, and are described in 25.1 Extension Functions.

It is also permissible to extend the language by providing new instructions. These are referred to as extension instructions, and are described in 25.2 Extension Instructions. A stylesheet that uses extension instructions in a particular namespace must declare that it is doing so by using the [xsl:]extension-element-prefixes attribute.

Extension instructions and extension functions defined according to these rules may be provided by the implementer of the XSLT processor, and the implementer may also provide facilities to allow users to create further extension instructions and extension functions.

This specification defines how extension instructions and extension functions are invoked, but the facilities for creating new extension instructions and extension functions are implementation-defined. For further details, see 25 Extensibility and Fallback.

The XSLT language can also be extended by the use of extension attributes (see 3.2 Extension Attributes), and by means of user-defined data elements (see 3.7.4 User-defined Data Elements).

2.10 Stylesheets and XML Schemas

An XSLT stylesheet can make use of information from a schema. An XSLT transformation can take place in the absence of a schema (and, indeed, in the absence of a DTD), but where the source document has undergone schema validity assessment, the XSLT processor has access to the type information associated with individual nodes, not merely to the untyped text.

Information from a schema can be used both statically (when the stylesheet is compiled), and dynamically (during evaluation of the stylesheet to transform a source document).

There are places within a stylesheet, and within XPath expressions and patterns in a stylesheet, where it is possible to refer to named type definitions in a schema, or to element and attribute declarations. For example, it is possible to declare the types expected for the parameters of a function. This is done using a SequenceType.

[Definition: A SequenceType constrains the type and number of items in a sequence. The term is used both to denote the concept, and to refer to the syntactic form in which sequence types are expressed in the XPath grammar: specifically SequenceTypeXP40 in [XPath 3.0].]

[Definition: Type definitions and element and attribute declarations are referred to collectively as schema components.]

[Definition: The schema components that may be referenced by name in a package are referred to as the in-scope schema components.]

The set of in-scope schema components may vary between one package and another, but as explained in 3.15 Importing Schema Components, the schema components used in different packages must be consistent with each other.

The conformance rules for XSLT 4.0, defined in 28 Conformance, distinguish between a basic XSLT processor and a schema-aware XSLT processor. As the names suggest, a basic XSLT processor does not support the features of XSLT that require access to schema information, either statically or dynamically. A stylesheet that works with a basic XSLT processor will produce the same results with a schema-aware XSLT processor provided that the source documents are untyped (that is, they are not validated against a schema). However, if source documents are validated against a schema then the results may be different from the case where they are not validated. Some constructs that work on untyped data may fail with typed data (for example, an attribute of type xs:date cannot be used as an argument of the substringFO40 function) and other constructs may produce different results depending on the datatype (for example, given the element <product price="10.00" discount="2.00"/>, the expression @price gt @discount will return true if the attributes have type xs:decimal, but will return false if they are untyped).

There is a standard set of type definitions that are always available as in-scope schema components in every stylesheet. These are defined in 3.14 Built-in Types.

The remainder of this section describes facilities that are available only with a schema-aware XSLT processor.

Additional schema components (type definitions, element declarations, and attribute declarations) may be added to the in-scope schema components by means of the xsl:import-schema declaration in a stylesheet.

The xsl:import-schema declaration may reference an external schema document by means of a URI, or it may contain an inline xs:schema element.

It is only necessary to import a schema explicitly if one or more of its schema components are referenced explicitly by name in the stylesheet; it is not necessary to import a schema merely because the stylesheet is used to process a source document that has been assessed against that schema. It is possible to make use of the information resulting from schema assessment (for example, the fact that a particular attribute holds a date) even if no schema has been imported by the stylesheet.

Importing a schema does not of itself say anything about the type of the source document that the stylesheet is expected to process. The imported type definitions can be used for temporary nodes or for nodes on a result tree just as much as for nodes in source documents. It is possible to make assertions about the type of an input document by means of tests within the stylesheet. For example:

Example: Asserting the Required Type of the Source Document
<xsl:mode typed="lax"/>
<xsl:global-context-item use="required"
            as="document-node(schema-element(my:invoice))"/>

This example will cause the transformation to fail with an error message, unless the global context item is valid against the top-level element declaration my:invoice, and has been annotated as such.

The setting typed="lax" further ensures that in any match pattern for a template rule in this mode, an element name that corresponds to the name of an element declaration in the schema is taken as referring to elements validated against that declaration: for example, match="employee" will only match a validated employee element. Selecting this option enables the XSLT processor to do more compile-time type-checking against the schema, for example it allows the processor to produce warning or error messages when path expressions contain misspelt element names, or confuse an element with an attribute.

It is also true that importing a schema does not of itself say anything about the structure of the result tree. It is possible to request validation of a result tree against the schema by using the xsl:result-document instruction, for example:

Example: Requesting Validation of the Result Document
<xsl:template match="/">
  <xsl:result-document validation="strict">
    <xhtml:html>
      <xsl:apply-templates/>
    </xhtml:html>
  </xsl:result-document>
</xsl:template>

This example will cause the transformation to fail with an error message unless the document element of the result document is valid against the top-level element declaration xhtml:html.

It is possible that a source document may contain nodes whose type annotation is not one of the types imported by the stylesheet. This creates a potential problem because in the case of an expression such as data(.) instance of xs:integer the system needs to know whether the type named in the type annotation of the context node is derived by restriction from the type xs:integer. This information is not explicitly available in an XDM tree, as defined in [XDM 3.0]. The implementation may choose one of several strategies for dealing with this situation:

  1. The processor may raise a dynamic error if a source document is found to contain a type annotation that is not known to the processor.

  2. The processor may maintain additional metadata, beyond that described in [XDM 3.0], that allows the source document to be processed as if all the necessary schema information had been imported using xsl:import-schema. Such metadata might be held in the data structure representing the source document itself, or it might be held in a system catalog or repository.

  3. The processor may be configured to use a fixed set of schemas, which are automatically used to validate all source documents before they can be supplied as input to a transformation. In this case it is impossible for a source document to have a type annotation that the processor is not aware of.

  4. The processor may be configured to treat the source document as if no schema processing had been performed, that is, effectively to strip all type annotations from elements and attributes on input, marking them instead as having type xs:untyped and xs:untypedAtomic respectively.

Where a stylesheet author chooses to make assertions about the types of nodes or of variables and parameters, it is possible for an XSLT processor to perform static analysis of the stylesheet (that is, analysis in the absence of any source document). Such analysis may reveal errors that would otherwise not be discovered until the transformation is actually executed. An XSLT processor is not required to perform such static type-checking. Under some circumstances (see 2.14 Error Handling) type errors that are detected early may be raised as static errors. In addition an implementation may report any condition found during static analysis as a warning, provided that this does not prevent the stylesheet being evaluated as described by this specification.

A stylesheet can also control the type annotations of nodes that it constructs in a result tree. This can be done in a number of ways.

  • It is possible to request explicit validation of a complete document, that is, a result tree rooted at a document node. Validation is either strict or lax, as described in [XML Schema Part 1]. If validation of a result tree fails (strictly speaking, if the outcome of the validity assessment is invalid), then the transformation fails, but in all other cases, the element and attribute nodes of the tree will be annotated with the names of the types to which these nodes conform. These type annotations will be discarded if the result tree is serialized as an XML document, but they remain available when the result tree is passed to an application (perhaps another stylesheet) for further processing.

  • It is also possible to validate individual element and attribute nodes as they are constructed. This is done using the type and validation attributes of the xsl:element, xsl:attribute, xsl:copy, and xsl:copy-of instructions, or the xsl:type and xsl:validation attributes of a literal result element.

  • When elements, attributes, or document nodes are copied, either explicitly using the xsl:copy or xsl:copy-of instructions, or implicitly when nodes in a sequence are attached to a new parent node, the options validation="strip" and validation="preserve" are available, to control whether existing type annotations are to be retained or not.

When nodes in a temporary tree are validated, type information is available for use by operations carried out on the temporary tree, in the same way as for a source document that has undergone schema assessment.

For details of how validation of element and attribute nodes works, see 26.4 Validation.

2.11 Streaming

[Definition: The term streaming refers to a manner of processing in which XML documents (such as source and result documents) are not represented by a complete tree of nodes occupying memory proportional to document size, but instead are processed “on the fly” as a sequence of events, similar in concept to the stream of events notified by an XML parser to represent markup in lexical XML.]

[Definition: A streamed document is a source tree that is processed using streaming, that is, without constructing a complete tree of nodes in memory.]

[Definition: A streamed node is a node in a streamed document.]

Many processors implementing earlier versions of this specification adopted an architecture that allowed streaming of the result tree directly to a serializer, without first materializing the complete result tree in memory. Streaming of the source tree, however, has proved to be more difficult without subsetting the language. This has created a situation where documents exceeding the capacity of virtual memory could not be transformed. XSLT 3.0 therefore introduced facilities allowing stylesheets to be written in a way that makes streaming of source documents possible, without excessive reliance on processor-specific optimization techniques.

Streaming achieves two important objectives: it allows large documents to be transformed without requiring correspondingly large amounts of memory; and it allows the processor to start producing output before it has finished receiving its input, thus reducing latency.

This specification does not attempt to legislate precisely which implementation techniques fall under the definition of streaming, and which do not. A number of techniques are available that reduce memory requirements, while still requiring a degree of buffering, or allocation of memory to partial results. A stylesheet that requests streaming of a source document is indicating that the processor should avoid assuming that the entire source document will fit in memory; in return, the stylesheet must be written in a way that makes streaming possible. This specification does not attempt to describe the algorithms that the processor should actually use, or to impose quantitative constraints on the resources that these algorithms should consume.

Nothing in this specification, nor in its predecessors [XSLT 1.0] and [XSLT 2.0], prevents a processor using streaming whenever it sees an opportunity to do so. However, experience has shown that in order to achieve streaming, it is often necessary to write stylesheet code in such a way as to make this possible. Therefore, XSLT provides explicit constructs allowing the stylesheet author to request streaming, and defines explicit static constraints on the structure of the code which are designed to make streaming possible.

A processor that claims conformance with the streaming option offers a guarantee that when streaming is requested for a source document, and when the stylesheet conforms to the rules that make the processing guaranteed-streamable, then an algorithm will be adopted in which memory consumption is either completely independent of document size, or increases only very slowly as document size increases, allowing documents to be processed that are orders-of-magnitude larger than the physical memory available. A processor that does not claim conformance with the streaming option must still process a stylesheet and deliver the correct results, but is not required to use streaming algorithms, and may therefore fail with out-of-memory errors when presented with large source documents.

Apart from the fact that there are constructs to request streaming, and rules that must be followed to guarantee that streaming is possible, the language has been designed so there are as few differences as possible between streaming and non-streaming evaluation. The semantics of the language continue to be expressed in terms of the XDM data model, which is substantively unchanged; but readers must take care to observe that when terms like “node” and “axis” are used, the concepts are completely abstract and may have no direct representation in the run-time execution environment.

Streamed processing of a document can be initiated in one of three ways:

  • The initial mode can be declared as a streamable mode. In this case the initial match selection will generally be a document node (or sequence of document nodes), supplied by the calling application in a form that allows streaming (that is, in some form other than a tree in memory; for example, as a reference to a push or pull XML parser primed to deliver a stream of events). The type of these nodes can be constrained by using the attribute on-no-match="fail" on the initial mode, and using this mode only for processing the top-level nodes.

  • Streamed processing of any document can be initiated using the xsl:source-document instruction. This has an attribute href whose value is the URI of a document to be processed, and an attribute streamable that indicates whether it is to be processed using streaming; the actual processing to be applied is defined by the instructions written as children of the xsl:source-document instruction.

  • Streamed merging of a set of input documents can be initiated using the xsl:merge instruction.

The rules for streamability, which are defined in detail in 19 Streamability, impose two main constraints:

  • The only nodes reachable from the node that is currently being processed are its attributes and namespaces, its ancestors and their attributes and namespaces, and its descendants and their attributes and namespaces. The siblings of the node, and the siblings of its ancestors, are not reachable in the tree, and any attempt to use their values is a static error.

  • When processing a given node in the tree, each descendant node can only be visited once. Essentially this allows two styles of processing: either visit each of the children once, and then process that child with the same restrictions applied; or process all the descendants in a single pass, in which case it is not possible while processing a descendant to make any further downward selection.

The second restriction, that only one visit to the children is allowed, means that XSLT code that was not designed with streaming in mind will often need to be rewritten to make it streamable. In many cases it is possible to do this using a technique sometimes called windowing or burst-mode streaming (note this is not quite the same meaning as windowing in XQuery 3.0). Many XML documents consist of a large number of elements, each of manageable size, representing transactions or business objects where each such element can be processed independently: in such cases, an effective design pattern is to write a streaming transformation that takes a snapshot of each element in turn, processing the snapshot using the full power of the XSLT language. Each snapshot is a tree built in memory and is therefore fully navigable. For details see the snapshot and copy-of functions.

The new facility of accumulators allows applications complete control over how much information is retained (and by implication, how much memory is required) in the course of a pass over a streamed document. An accumulator computes a value for every node in a streamed document: or more accurately, two values, one for the first visit to a node (before visiting its descendants), and a second value for the second visit to the node (after visiting the descendants). The computation is structured in such a way that the value for a given node can depend only on the value for the previous node in document order together with the data available when positioned at the current node (for example, the attribute values). Based on the well-established fold operation of functional programming languages, accumulators provide the convenience and economy of mutable variables while remaining within the constraints of a purely declarative processing model.

When streaming is initiated, for example using the xsl:source-document instruction, it is necessary to declare which accumulators are applicable to the streamed document.

Streaming applications often fall into one of the following categories:

  • Aggregation applications, where a single aggregation operation (perhaps countFO40, sumFO40, existsFO40, or distinct-valuesFO40) is applied to a set of elements selected from the streamed source document by means of a path expression.

  • Record-at-a-time applications, where the source document consists of a long sequence of elements with similar structure (“records”), and each “record” is processed using the same logic, independently of any other “records”. This kind of processing is facilitated using the snapshot and copy-of function mentioned earlier.

  • Grouping applications, where the output follows the structure of the input, except that an extra layer of hierarchy is added. For example, the input might be a flat series of banking transactions in date/time order, and the output might contain the same transactions grouped by date.

  • Accumulator applications, which are the same as record-at-a-time applications, except that the processing of one “record” might depend on data encountered earlier in the document. A classic example is processing a sequence of banking transactions in which the input transaction contains a debit or credit amount, and the output adds a running total (the account balance). The xsl:iterate instruction has been introduced to facilitate this style of processing.

  • Isomorphic transformations, in which there is an ordered (often largely one-to-one) relationship between the nodes of the source tree and the nodes of the result tree: for example, transformations that involve only the renaming or selective deletion of nodes, or scalar manipulations of the values held in the leaf nodes. Such transformations are most conveniently expressed using recursive application of template rules. This is possible with a streamed input document only if all the template rules adhere to the constraints required for streamability. To enforce these rules, while still allowing unrestricted processing of other documents within the same transformation, all streaming evaluation must be carried out using a specific mode, which is declared to be a streaming mode by means of an xsl:mode declaration in the stylesheet.

There are important classes of application in which streaming is possible only if multiple streams can be processed in parallel. This specification therefore provides facilities:

  1. allowing multiple sorted input sequences to be merged into one sorted output sequence (the xsl:merge instruction)

  2. allowing multiple output sequences to be generated during a single pass of an input sequence (the xsl:fork instruction).

These facilities have been designed in such a way that they can readily be implemented using streaming, that is, without materializing the input or output sequences in memory.

2.12 Streamed Validation

Streaming can be combined with schema-aware processing: that is, the streamed input to a transformation can be subjected to on-the-fly validation, a process which typically accepts an input stream from the XML parser and delivers an output stream (of type-annotated nodes) to the transformation processor. The XSD specification is designed so that validation is, with one or two exceptions, a streamable process. The exceptions include:

  • There may be a need to allocate memory to hold keys, in order to enforce uniqueness and referential integrity constraints (xs:unique, xs:key, xs:keyref).

  • In XSD 1.1, assertions can be defined by means of XPath expressions. These are not constrained to be streamable; in the general case, any subtree of the document that is validated using an assertion may need to be buffered in memory while the assertion is processed.

Applications that need to run in finite memory may therefore need to avoid these XSD features, or to use them with care.

XSD is designed so that the intended type of an element (the “governing type”) can be determined as soon as the start tag of the element is encountered: the process of validation checks whether the content of the element actually conforms to this type, and by the time the end tag is encountered, the process will have established either that the element is valid against the governing type, or that it is invalid.

By default, dynamic errors occurring during streamed processing are fatal: they typically cause the transformation to fail immediately. XSLT 3.0 introduced the ability to catch dynamic errors and recover from them. Schema invalidity, however, is treated as a dynamic error of the instruction that processes the entire input stream, so after a validation failure, no further processing of that input stream is possible.

In consequence, a streamed validator that is running in tandem with a streamed transformation can present the transformer with element nodes that carry a provisional type annotation representing the type that the element will have if it turns out to be valid. As soon as a node is encountered that violates this assumption, the validator should stop the flow of data to the transformer, so that the transformer never sees invalid data. This allows the stylesheet code to be compiled with the assumption of type-safety: at run-time, all nodes seen by the transformation will conform to their XSLT-declared types (for example, a type declared implicitly using match="schema-element(invoice)" on an xsl:template element).

A streamed transformation that only accesses part of the input document (for example, a header at the start of a document) is not required to continue reading once the data it needs has been read. This means that XML well-formedness or validity errors occurring in the unread part of the input stream may go undetected.

2.13 Streaming of non-XML data

The facilities in this specification designed to enable large data sets to be processed in a streaming manner are oriented almost entirely to XML data. This does not mean that there is never a requirement to stream non-XML data, or that the Working Group has ignored this requirement; rather, the Working Group has concluded that for the most part, streaming of non-XML data can be achieved by implementations without the need for specific language features in XSLT.

To make streamed processing of unparsed text files easier, the function unparsed-text-linesFO40 has been introduced. This is not only more convenient for stylesheet authors than reading the entire input using the unparsed-textFO40 function and then tokenizing the result, it is also easier for implementations to optimize, allowing each line of text to be discarded from memory after it has been processed.

For all functions that access external data, including document, docFO40, collectionFO40, unparsed-textFO40, unparsed-text-linesFO40, and json-docFO40, the requirements on determinism can now be relaxed using implementation-defined configuration options. This is significant because it means that when a transformation reads the same external resource more than once, it becomes legitimate for the contents of the resource to be different on different invocations, and this eliminates the need for the processor to cache the contents of the resource in memory.

In the XDM data model, every value is a sequence, and (as with most functional programming languages), processing of sequences of items is pervasive throughout the XSLT and XPath languages and their function library. Good performance of a functional programming language often depends on sequence-based operations being pipelined, and being evaluated in a lazy fashion (that is, many operations process items in a sequence one at a time, in order; and many operations can deliver a result without processing the entire sequence). The semantics of XSLT and XPath permit pipelined and lazy evaluation (for example, the error handling semantics are carefully written to ensure this), but they do not require it: the details are left to implementations. Pipelined processing of a sequence is not the same thing as streamed processing of a tree, and where the XSLT specification talks of operations being “guaranteed streamable”, this is always referring to processing of trees, not of sequences.

The facilities for streaming of XML trees include operations such as copy-of and snapshot which are able to take a sequence of streamed nodes as input, and produce a sequence of in-memory (unstreamed) nodes as output. It is also possible to generate a sequence of strings or other atomic items through the process of atomization. The actual memory usage of a streamed XSLT application may depend significantly on whether the processing of the resulting sequence of in-memory nodes or atomic items is pipelined or not. The specification, however, has nothing to say on this matter: it is considered an area where implementers can exercise their discretion and ingenuity.

Streaming of JSON input receives little attention in this specification. One can envisage an implementation of the json-to-xml function in which the XML delivered by the function consists of streamed nodes; but the Working Group has not researched the feasibility of such an implementation in any detail.

2.14 Error Handling

[Definition: An error that can be detected by examining a stylesheet before execution starts (that is, before the source document and values of stylesheet parameters are available) is referred to as a static error.]

Generally, errors in the structure of the stylesheet, or in the syntax of XPath expressions contained in the stylesheet, are classified as static errors. Where this specification states that an element in the stylesheet must or must not appear in a certain position, or that it must or must not have a particular attribute, or that an attribute must or must not have a value satisfying specified conditions, then any contravention of this rule is a static error unless otherwise specified.

A processor must provide a mode of operation that takes a (possibly erroneous) stylesheet package as input and enables the user to determine whether or not that package contains any static errors.

Note:

The manner in which static errors are reported, and the behavior when there are multiple static errors, are left as design choices for the implementer. It is recommended that the error codes defined in this specification should be made available in any diagnostics.

A processor may also provide a mode of operation in which static errors in parts of the stylesheet that are not evaluated can go unreported.

Note:

For example, when operating in this mode, a processor might report static errors in a template rule only if the input document contains nodes that match that template rule. Such a mode of operation can provide performance benefits when large and well-tested stylesheets are used to process source documents that might only use a small part of the XML vocabulary that the stylesheet is designed to handle.

[Definition: An error that is not capable of detection until a source document is being transformed is referred to as a dynamic error.]

When a dynamic error occurs, and is not caught using xsl:catch, the processormust raise the error, and the transformation fails.

Because different implementations may optimize execution of the stylesheet in different ways, the detection of dynamic errors is to some degree implementation-dependent. In cases where an implementation is able to produce a principal result or secondary result without evaluating a particular construct, the implementation is never required to evaluate that construct solely in order to determine whether doing so causes a dynamic error. For example, if a variable is declared but never referenced, an implementation may choose whether or not to evaluate the variable declaration, which means that if evaluating the variable declaration causes a dynamic error, some implementations will raise this error and others will not.

There are some cases where this specification requires that a construct must not be evaluated: for example, the content of an xsl:if instruction must not be evaluated if the test condition is false. This means that an implementation must not raise any dynamic errors that would arise if the construct were evaluated.

An implementation may raise a dynamic error before any source document is available, but only if it can determine that the error would be raised for every possible source document and every possible set of parameter values. For example, some circularity errors fall into this category: see 9.11 Circular Definitions.

There are also some dynamic errors where the specification gives a processor license to raise the error during the analysis phase even if the construct might never be executed; an example is the use of an invalid QName as a literal argument to a function such as key, or the use of an invalid regular expression in the regex attribute of the xsl:analyze-string instruction.

A dynamic error is also raised during the static analysis phase if the error occurs during evaluation of a static expression.

The XPath specification states (see Section 2.4.1 Kinds of ErrorsXP40) that if any expression (at any level) can be evaluated during the analysis phase (because all its explicit operands are known and it has no dependencies on the dynamic context), then any error in performing this evaluation may be raised as a static error. For XPath expressions used in an XSLT stylesheet, however, any such errors must not be raised as static errors in the stylesheet unless they would occur in every possible evaluation of that stylesheet; instead, they must be raised as dynamic errors, and raised only if the XPath expression is actually evaluated.

Example: Errors in Constant Subexpressions

An XPath processor may report statically that the expression 1 div 0 fails with a “divide by zero” error. But suppose this XPath expression occurs in an XSLT construct such as:

<xsl:choose>
  <xsl:when test="system-property('xsl:version') = '1.0'">
    <xsl:value-of select="1 div 0"/>
  </xsl:when>
  <xsl:otherwise>
    <xsl:value-of select="xs:double('INF')"/>
  </xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>

Then the XSLT processor must not report an error, because the relevant XPath construct appears in a context where it will never be executed by an XSLT 4.0. (An XSLT 1.0 processor will execute this code successfully, returning positive infinity, because it uses double arithmetic rather than decimal arithmetic.)

[Definition: Certain errors are classified as type errors. A type error occurs when the value supplied as input to an operation is of the wrong type for that operation, for example when an integer is supplied to an operation that expects a node.] If a type error occurs in an instruction that is actually evaluated, then it must be raised in the same way as a dynamic error. Alternatively, an implementation may raise a type error during the analysis phase in the same way as a static error, even if it occurs in part of the stylesheet that is never evaluated, provided it can establish that execution of a particular construct would never succeed.

It is implementation-defined whether type errors are raised statically.

Example: A Type Error

The following construct contains a type error, because 42 is not allowed as the value of the select expression of the xsl:number instruction (it must be a node). An implementation may optionally raise this as a static error, even though the offending instruction will never be evaluated, and the type error would therefore never be raised as a dynamic error.

<xsl:if test="false()">
  <xsl:number select="42"/>
</xsl:if>

On the other hand, in the following example it is not possible to determine statically whether the operand of xsl:number will have a suitable dynamic type. An implementation may produce a warning in such cases, but it must not treat it as an error.

<xsl:template match="para">
  <xsl:param name="p" as="item()"/>
  <xsl:number select="$p"/>
</xsl:template>

If more than one error arises, an implementation is not required to raise any errors other than the first one that it detects. It is implementation-dependent which of the several errors is raised. This applies both to static errors and to dynamic errors. An implementation is allowed to raise more than one error, but if any errors have been raised, it must not finish as if the transformation were successful.

When a transformation raises one or more dynamic errors, the final state of any persistent resources updated by the transformation is implementation-dependent. Implementations are not required to restore such resources to their initial state. In particular, where a transformation produces multiple result documents, it is possible that one or more serialized result documents may be written successfully before the transformation terminates, but the application cannot rely on this behavior.

Everything said above about error handling applies equally to errors in evaluating XSLT instructions, and errors in evaluating XPath expressions. Static errors and dynamic errors may occur in both cases.

[Definition: If a transformation has successfully produced a principal result or secondary result, it is still possible that errors may occur in serializing that result . For example, it may be impossible to serialize the result using the encoding selected by the user. Such an error is referred to as a serialization error.] If the processor performs serialization, then it must do so as specified in 27 Serialization, and in particular it must raise any serialization errors that occur.

Errors are identified by a QName. For errors defined in this specification, the namespace of the QName is always http://www.w3.org/2005/xqt-errors (and is therefore not given explicitly), while the local part is an 8-character code in the form PPSSNNNN. Here PP is always XT (meaning XSLT), and SS is one of SE (static error), DE (dynamic error), or TE (type error). Note that the allocation of an error to one of these categories is purely for convenience and carries no normative implications about the way the error is handled. Many errors, for example, can be raised either dynamically or statically. These error codes are used to label error conditions in this specification, and are summarized in E Summary of Error Conditions.

Errors defined in related specifications ([XPath 4.0], [Functions and Operators 4.0][XSLT and XQuery Serialization]) use QNames with a similar structure, in the same namespace. When errors occur in processing XPath expressions, an XSLT processor should use the original error code reported by the XPath processor, unless a more specific XSLT error code is available.

Implementations must use the codes defined in these specifications when raising dynamic errors, to ensure that xsl:catch behaves in an interoperable way across implementations. Stylesheet authors should note, however, that there are many examples of errors where more than one rule in this specification is violated, and where the processor therefore has discretion in deciding which error code to associate with the condition: there is therefore no guarantee that different processors will always use the same error code for the same erroneous input.

Additional errors defined by an implementation (or by an application) may use QNames in an implementation-defined (or user-defined) namespace without risk of collision.

3 Stylesheet Structure

This section describes the overall structure of a stylesheet as a collection of XML documents.

3.1 Namespaces

A stylesheet module is typically written as a namespace well-formed XML document: more formally, as described in 3.6 Stylesheet Modules, a stylesheet module takes the form of an XDM tree rooted at an element node.

The names of elements and attributes in source documents and result documents are namespace-qualified names. In addition, as described in 5.1.1 Qualified Names, XSLT uses namespace-qualified names to identify variables, functions, templates, and other components. These names generally use namespace prefixes that are resolved to namespace URIs using a set of prefix-uri namespace bindings.

There are two ways namespace bindings can be established in a stylesheet module:

  • [Definition:  The native namespace bindings for any element in an XSLT stylesheet module are the prefix-uri mappings defined by the namespace nodes of that element, according to the rules in [XDM 3.0].]

    For example, a namespace declaration of the form xmlns:math="http://www.w3.org/2005/xpath-functions/math establishes a binding of the prefix math to the namespace URI http://www.w3.org/2005/xpath-functions/math, thereby enabling functions in that namespace to be invoked using an expression such as math:sin($theta)

  • [Definition:  The fixed namespace bindings for a stylesheet module are established using the fixed-namespaces attribute on the xsl:stylesheet, xsl:transform, or xsl:package element enclosing the stylesheet module.]

    For example, the attribute fixed-namespaces="math map array" establishes bindings for the prefixes math, map, and array to the namespace URIs conventionally associated with these prefixes as described in 5.1.3 Reserved Namespaces.

Prefixes used in element and attribute names in the stylesheet, because these are interpreted by the XML parser and not only by the XSLT processor, must be bound using native namespace bindings. In particular, the XSLT namespace is used in the names of XSLT elements, so it must be declared in every stylesheet module using a namespace declaration such as xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform. (A different prefix can be used: some users prefer xslt, some favor the default namespace.) But namespace prefixes that are only used within the content of attribute and text nodes in the stylesheet (for example, select="math:sin($theta)") can be declared in fixed namespace bindings.

[Definition:  The applicable static namespaces for an element in a stylesheet module are the fixed namespace bindings for the module if the root element of the module has a fixed-namespaces attribute, or the native namespace bindings of the element otherwise. ]

The effect of declaring fixed namespace bindings is described in more detail in 3.7.1 The fixed-namespaces Attribute.

Note:

As a general rule:

  • Prefixes used in the names of elements and attributes in the stylesheet must be declared using native namespace bindings.

  • Prefixes used in QNames appearing in the content of attribute nodes and text nodes in the stylesheet can usually be declared using fixed namespace bindings. There are a small number of exceptions, notably the standard attributes [xsl:]exclude-result-prefixes and [xsl:]extension-element-prefixes, and the stylesheet-prefix and result-prefix attributes of xsl:namespace-alias.

3.1.1 XSLT Namespace

[Definition: The XSLT namespace has the URI http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform. It is used to identify elements, attributes, and other names that have a special meaning defined in this specification.]

Note:

The 1999 in the URI indicates the year in which the URI was allocated by the W3C. It does not indicate the version of XSLT being used, which is specified by attributes (see 3.7 Stylesheet Element and 3.8 Simplified Stylesheet Modules).

XSLT processorsmust use the XML namespaces mechanism [Namespaces in XML] to recognize elements and attributes from this namespace. Elements from the XSLT namespace are recognized only in the stylesheet and not in the source document. The complete list of XSLT-defined elements is specified in D Element Syntax Summary. Implementationsmust not extend the XSLT namespace with additional elements or attributes. Instead, any extension must be in a separate namespace. Any namespace that is used for additional instruction elements must be identified by means of the extension instruction mechanism specified in 25.2 Extension Instructions.

Except where the rules for forwards compatible behavior dictate otherwise, it is a static error for any element in the stylesheet to be in the XSLT namespace unless it is an element defined in this specification [see ERR XTSE0010].

This specification uses a prefix of xsl: for referring to elements in the XSLT namespace. However, XSLT stylesheets are free to use any prefix, provided that there is a namespace declaration that binds the prefix to the URI of the XSLT namespace.

Note:

Throughout this specification, an element or attribute that is in no namespace, or an expanded QName whose namespace part is an empty sequence, is referred to as having a null namespace URI.

Note:

By convention, the names of XSLT elements, attributes and functions are all lower-case; they use hyphens to separate words, and they use abbreviations only if these already appear in the syntax of a related language such as XML or HTML. Names of types defined in XML Schema are regarded as single words and are capitalized exactly as in XML Schema. This sometimes leads to composite function names such as current-dateTimeFO40.

3.2 Extension Attributes

[Definition: An element from the XSLT namespace may have any attribute not from the XSLT namespace, provided that the expanded QName (see [XPath 3.0]) of the attribute has a non-null namespace URI. These attributes are referred to as extension attributes.] The presence of an extension attribute must not cause the principal result or any secondary result of the transformation to be different from the results that a conformant XSLT 4.0 processor might produce. They must not cause the processor to fail to raise an error that a conformant processor is required to raise. This means that an extension attribute must not change the effect of any instruction except to the extent that the effect is implementation-defined or implementation-dependent.

Furthermore, if serialization is performed using one of the serialization methods described in [XSLT and XQuery Serialization], the presence of an extension attribute must not cause the serializer to behave in a way that is inconsistent with the mandatory provisions of that specification.

Note:

Extension attributes may be used to modify the behavior of extension functions and extension instructions. They may be used to select processing options in cases where the specification leaves the behavior implementation-defined or implementation-dependent. They may also be used for optimization hints, for diagnostics, or for documentation.

Extension attributes may also be used to influence the behavior of the serialization methods xml, xhtml, html, or text, to the extent that the behavior of the serialization method is implementation-defined or implementation-dependent. For example, an extension attribute might be used to define the amount of indentation to be used when indent="yes" is specified. If a serialization method other than one of these four is requested (using a prefixed QName in the method parameter) then extension attributes may influence its behavior in arbitrary ways. Extension attributes must not be used to cause the standard serialization methods to behave in a non-conformant way, for example by failing to report serialization errors that a serializer is required to report. An implementation that wishes to provide such options must create a new serialization method for the purpose.

An implementation that does not recognize the name of an extension attribute, or that does not recognize its value, must perform the transformation as if the extension attribute were not present. As always, it is permissible to produce warning messages.

The namespace used for an extension attribute will be copied to the result tree in the normal way if it is in scope for a literal result element. This can be prevented using the [xsl:]exclude-result-prefixes attribute.

Example: An Extension Attribute for xsl:message

The following code might be used to indicate to a particular implementation that the xsl:message instruction is to ask the user for confirmation before continuing with the transformation:

<xsl:message abc:pause="yes"
    xmlns:abc="http://vendor.example.com/xslt/extensions">
       Phase 1 complete
</xsl:message>

Implementations that do not recognize the namespace http://vendor.example.com/xslt/extensions will simply ignore the extra attribute, and evaluate the xsl:message instruction in the normal way.

[ERR XTSE0090] It is a static error for an element from the XSLT namespace to have an attribute whose namespace is either null (that is, an attribute with an unprefixed name) or the XSLT namespace, other than attributes defined for the element in this document.

3.3 XSLT Media Type

The media type application/xslt+xml has been registered for XSLT stylesheet modules.

The definition of the media type is at [XSLT Media Type].

This media type should be used for an XML document containing a standard stylesheet module at its top level, and it may also be used for a simplified stylesheet module. It should not be used for an XML document containing an embedded stylesheet module.

3.4 Standard Attributes

[Definition: There are a number of standard attributes that may appear on any XSLT element: specifically default-collation, default-mode, default-validation, exclude-result-prefixes, expand-text, extension-element-prefixes, use-when, version, and xpath-default-namespace.]

These attributes may also appear on a literal result element, but in this case, to distinguish them from user-defined attributes, the names of the attributes are in the XSLT namespace. They are thus typically written as xsl:default-collation, xsl:default-mode, xsl:default-validation, xsl:exclude-result-prefixes, xsl:expand-text, xsl:extension-element-prefixes, xsl:use-when, xsl:version, or xsl:xpath-default-namespace.

It is recommended that all these attributes should also be permitted on extension instructions, but this is at the discretion of the implementer of each extension instruction. They may also be permitted on user-defined data elements, though they will only have any useful effect in the case of data elements that are designed to behave like XSLT declarations or instructions.

In the following descriptions, these attributes are referred to generically as [xsl:]version, and so on.

These attributes all affect the element they appear on, together with any elements and attributes that have that element as an ancestor. The two forms with and without the XSLT namespace have the same effect; the XSLT namespace is used for the attribute if and only if its parent element is not in the XSLT namespace.

In the case of [xsl:]default-collation, [xsl:]expand-text, [xsl:]version, and [xsl:]xpath-default-namespace, the value can be overridden by a different value for the same attribute appearing on a descendant element. The effective value of the attribute for a particular stylesheet element is determined by the innermost ancestor-or-self element on which the attribute appears.

In an embedded stylesheet module, standard attributes appearing on ancestors of the outermost element of the stylesheet module have no effect.

In the case of [xsl:]exclude-result-prefixes and [xsl:]extension-element-prefixes the values are cumulative. For these attributes, the value is given as a whitespace-separated list of namespace prefixes, and the effective value for an element is the combined set of namespace URIs designated by the prefixes that appear in this attribute for that element and any of its ancestor elements. Again, the two forms with and without the XSLT namespace are equivalent.

The effect of the [xsl:]use-when attribute is described in 3.13.3 Conditional Element Inclusion.

Because these attributes may appear on any XSLT element, they are not listed in the syntax summary of each individual element. Instead they are listed and described in the entry for the xsl:stylesheet, xsl:transform, and xsl:package elements only. This reflects the fact that these attributes are often used on the outermost element of the stylesheet, in which case they apply to the entire stylesheet module or package manifest.

Note that the effect of these attributes does not extend to stylesheet modules referenced by xsl:include or xsl:import declarations, nor to packages referenced using xsl:use-package.

For the detailed effect of each attribute, see the following sections:

[xsl:]default-collation

see 3.7.2 The default-collation Attribute

[xsl:]default-mode

see 3.7.3 The default-mode Attribute

[xsl:]default-validation

see 26.4 Validation

[xsl:]exclude-result-prefixes

see 11.1.3 Namespace Nodes for Literal Result Elements

[xsl:]expand-text

see 5.7.2 Text Value Templates

[xsl:]extension-element-prefixes

see 25.2 Extension Instructions

[xsl:]use-when

see 3.13.3 Conditional Element Inclusion

[xsl:]version

see 3.9 Backwards Compatible Processing and 3.10 Forwards Compatible Processing

[xsl:]xpath-default-namespace

see 5.1.2 Unprefixed Lexical QNames in Expressions and Patterns

3.5 Packages

[Definition: An explicit package is represented by an xsl:package element, which will generally be the outermost element of an XML document. When the xsl:package element is not used explicitly, the entire stylesheet comprises a single implicit package.] (This specification does not preclude the xsl:package being embedded in another XML document, but it will never have any other XSLT element as an ancestor).

<xsl:package
  id? = id
  name? = uri
  package-version? = string〔'1'〕
  version = decimal
  input-type-annotations? = "preserve" | "strip" | "unspecified"〔'unspecified'〕
  declared-modes? = boolean〔'yes'〕
  default-mode? = eqname | "#unnamed"〔'#unnamed'〕
  default-validation? = "preserve" | "strip"〔'strip'〕
  default-collation? = uris
  extension-element-prefixes? = prefixes
  exclude-result-prefixes? = prefixes
  expand-text? = boolean〔'no'〕
  fixed-namespaces? = string
  use-when? = expression〔true()〕
  xpath-default-namespace? = uri >
  <!-- Content: ((xsl:expose | declarations)*) -->
</xsl:package>

[Definition: The content of the xsl:package element is referred to as the package manifest].

The version attribute indicates the version of the XSLT language specification to which the package manifest conforms. The value should normally be 4.0. If the value is numerically less than 4.0, the content of the xsl:package element is processed using the rules for backwards compatible behavior (see 3.9 Backwards Compatible Processing). If the value is numerically greater than 4.0, it is processed using the rules for forwards compatible behavior (see 3.10 Forwards Compatible Processing).

A package typically has a name, given in its name attribute, which must be an absolute URI. Unnamed packages are allowed, but they can only be used as the “top level” of an application; they cannot be the target of an xsl:use-package declaration in another package.

A package may have a version identifier, given in its package-version attribute. This is used to distinguish different versions of a package. The value of the version attribute, after trimming leading and trailing whitespace, must conform to the syntax given in 3.5.1 Versions of a Package. If no version number is specified for a package, version 1 is assumed.

The attributes default-collation, default-mode, default-validation, exclude-result-prefixes, expand-text, extension-element-prefixes, use-when, version, and xpath-default-namespace are standard attributes that can appear on any XSLT element, and potentially affect all descendant elements. Their meaning is described in 3.4 Standard Attributes.

The package manifest contains the following elements, arbitrarily ordered:

  1. Zero or more xsl:expose declarations that define the interface offered by this package to the outside world. An xsl:expose declaration may appear only as a child of xsl:package.

  2. Zero or more additional declarations. These are the same as the declarations permitted as children of xsl:stylesheet or xsl:transform.

    Some declarations of particular relevance to packages include:

    1. The xsl:use-package declaration, which declares the names and versions of the packages on which this package is dependant.

    2. The optional xsl:global-context-item element; if present this element defines constraints on the existence and type of the global context item.

    3. Zero or more xsl:include and xsl:import declarations, which define additional stylesheet modules to be incorporated into this package.

    4. Zero or more ordinary declarations, that is, elements that are permitted as children of xsl:stylesheet or xsl:transform. One possible coding style is to include in the package manifest just a single xsl:import or xsl:include declaration as a reference to the effective top-level stylesheet module; this approach is particularly suitable when writing code that is required to run under releases of XSLT earlier than 3.0. Another approach is to include the substance of the top-level stylesheet module inline within the package manifest.

Example: An example package

The following example shows a package that offers a number of functions for manipulating complex numbers. A complex number is represented as a map with two entries, the keys being 0 for the real part, and 1 for the imaginary part.

<xsl:package
  name="http://example.org/complex-arithmetic.xsl"
  package-version="1.0"
  version="3.0"
  xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
  xmlns:xs="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema"
  xmlns:f="http://example.org/complex-arithmetic.xsl">
  
  <xsl:function name="f:complex-number" 
                as="map(xs:integer, xs:double)" visibility="public">
    <xsl:param name="real" as="xs:double"/>
    <xsl:param name="imaginary" as="xs:double"/>
    <xsl:sequence select="{ 0: $real, 1: $imaginary }"/>
  </xsl:function>
  
  <xsl:function name="f:real" 
                as="xs:double" visibility="public">
    <xsl:param name="complex" as="map(xs:integer, xs:double)"/>
    <xsl:sequence select="$complex(0)"/>
  </xsl:function>
  
  <xsl:function name="f:imag" 
                as="xs:double" visibility="public">
    <xsl:param name="complex" as="map(xs:integer, xs:double)"/>
    <xsl:sequence select="$complex(1)"/>
  </xsl:function>
  
  <xsl:function name="f:add" 
                as="map(xs:integer, xs:double)" visibility="public">
    <xsl:param name="x" as="map(xs:integer, xs:double)"/>
    <xsl:param name="y" as="map(xs:integer, xs:double)"/>
    <xsl:sequence select="
         f:complex-number(
           f:real($x) + f:real($y), 
           f:imag($x) + f:imag($y))"/>
  </xsl:function>
  
  <xsl:function name="f:multiply" 
                as="map(xs:integer, xs:double)" visibility="public">
    <xsl:param name="x" as="map(xs:integer, xs:double)"/>
    <xsl:param name="y" as="map(xs:integer, xs:double)"/>
    <xsl:sequence select="
         f:complex-number(
           f:real($x)*f:real($y) - f:imag($x)*f:imag($y),
           f:real($x)*f:imag($y) + f:imag($x)*f:real($y))"/>
  </xsl:function>
  
  <!-- etc. -->
  
</xsl:package>

A more complex package might include private or abstract functions as well as public functions; it might expose components other than functions (for example, templates or global variables), and it might contain xsl:use-package elements to allow it to call on the services of other packages.

Note:

In this example, the way in which complex numbers are represented is exposed to users of the package. It would be possible to hide the representation by declaring the types on public functions simply as item(); but this would be at the cost of type safety.

A package that does not itself expose any components may be written using a simplified syntax: the xsl:package element is omitted, and the xsl:stylesheet or xsl:transform element is now the outermost element of the stylesheet module. For compatibility reasons, all the named templates and modes declared in the package are made public. More formally, the principal stylesheet module of the top-level package may be expressed as an xsl:stylesheet or xsl:transform element, which is equivalent to the package represented by the output of the following transformation, preserving the base URI of the source:

<xsl:transform version="3.0" 
    xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
    xmlns:t="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/TransformAlias">
 
    <xsl:namespace-alias stylesheet-prefix="t" result-prefix="xsl"/>
    
    <xsl:template match="xsl:stylesheet|xsl:transform">
      <t:package declared-modes="no">
        <xsl:copy-of select="@*"/>
        <t:expose component="mode" names="*" visibility="public"/>
        <t:expose component="template" names="*" visibility="public"/>
        <xsl:copy-of select="node()"/>
      </t:package>
    </xsl:template>
 </xsl:transform>

The effect of the input-type-annotations attribute is defined in 4.3.1 Stripping Type Annotations from a Source Tree.

A more extensive example of a package, illustrating how components in a package can be overridden in a client package, is given in 3.5.7 Worked Example of a Library Package.

3.5.1 Versions of a Package

If a package has a version number, the version number must conform to the grammar:

        PackageVersion   ::= NumericPart ( "-" NamePart )?
        NumericPart      ::= IntegerLiteral ( "." IntegerLiteral )*
        NamePart         ::= NCName

Here IntegerLiteralXP40 and NCName are as defined in the XPath 4.0 grammar productions of the same name (including rules on limits). Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored; no other whitespace is allowed.

Examples of valid version numbers are 2.0.5 or 3.10-alpha.

[Definition: The integer literals and the optional NamePart within the version number are referred to as the portions of the version number.]

Note:

This means that 1-alpha-2 is a valid version number, with two portions: 1 and alpha-2. The second hyphen is part of the NCName, it does not act as a portion separator.

Versions are ordered. When comparing two versions:

  1. Trailing zero portions (that is, any zero-valued integer that is not followed by another integer) are discarded.

  2. Comparison proceeds by comparing portions pairwise from the left.

  3. If both versions have the same number of portions and all portions compare equal (under the rules of the XPath eq operator using the Unicode codepoint collation), then the versions compare equal.

  4. If the number of portions in the two versions V1 and V2 is N1 and N2, with N1<N2, and if all portions in positions 1 to N compare equal, then V1 is less than V2 if the portion of V2 in position N1 is an integer, and is greater than V2 if this portion is an NCName. For example, 1.2 is less than 1.2.5, while 2.0 is greater than 2.0-rc1.

  5. Portions are compared as follows:

    1. If both portions are integers, they are compared using the rules of XPath value comparisons.

    2. If both portions are NCNames, they are compared using the rules of XPath value comparisons, using the Unicode Codepoint Collation.

    3. If one portion is an integer and the other is an NCName, the NCName comes first.

For example, the following shows a possible ordered sequence of version numbers:

0-rc1 < 0-rc2 < 0 < 1 = 1.0 < 1.0.2 
   < 1.0.3-rc1 < 1.0.3 < 1.0.3.2 < 1.0.10

Note:

The version number format defined here is designed to be general enough to accommodate a variety of conventions in common use, and to allow useful semantics for matching of versions and ranges of versions, without being over-prescriptive. It is influenced by [SemVer], but is not as prescriptive, and it imposes no assumptions about backwards compatibility of packages between successive versions.

Implementations may impose limits on the values used in a version number (or a version range: see below). Such limits are implementation-defined. As a minimum, a processor must accept version numbers including:

  • A numeric part containing four integers;

  • Each integer being in the range 0 to 999999;

  • An NCName of up to 100 characters

Dependencies between packages may specify a version range (see 3.5.2 Dependencies between Packages). A version range represents a set of accepted versions. The syntax of a version range is shown below. Whitespace is permitted only where indicated, using the terminal symbol S.

        PackageVersionRange    ::=  AnyVersion | VersionRanges
        AnyVersion             ::=  "*"
        VersionRanges          ::=  VersionRange (S? "," S? VersionRange)*
        VersionRange           ::=  PackageVersion | VersionPrefix | 
                                      VersionFrom | VersionTo | VersionFromTo
        VersionPrefix          ::=  PackageVersion ".*"
        VersionFrom            ::=  PackageVersion "+"
        VersionTo              ::=  "to" S (PackageVersion | VersionPrefix)
        VersionFromTo          ::=  PackageVersion S "to" S (PackageVersion | VersionPrefix)

The meanings of the various forms of version range are defined below:

  • The range AnyVersion matches any version.

  • The range VersionRanges matches a version if any constituent VersionRange matches that version.

    For example, 9.5.0.8, 9.6.1.2 matches those specific versions only, while 9.5.0.8, 9.6+ matches either version 9.5.0.8 or any version from 9.6 onwards.

  • A range that is a PackageVersion matches that version only.

  • The range VersionPrefix matches any version whose leading portions are the same as the portions in the PackageVersion part of the VersionPrefix.

    For example, 1.3.* matches 1.31.3.51.3.10.2,  and 1.3-beta (but not 1 or 1.4).

    Note:

    The .* indicates that additional portions may follow; it does not indicate a substring match on the final portion. So 1.3.* does not match 1.35, and 3.3-beta.* does not match 3.3-beta12. Also, 3.3-beta.* does not match 3.3-beta.5: this is because the last dot is not a portion separator, but is part of the final NCName. In fact, using .* after a version number that includes an NCName portion is pointless, because an NCName portion can never be followed by further portions.

  • The range VersionFrom matches any version that is greater than or equal to the version supplied.

    For example 1.3+ matches 1.31.3.21.4,  and 2.1 (but not 1.3-beta or 1.2). And 1.3-beta+ matches 1.3-beta1.3-gamma1.3.01.4, and 8.0, but not 1.3-alpha or 1.2.

  • The range VersionTo matches any version that is less than or equal to some version that matches the VersionPrefix.

    For example, to 4.0 matches 1.52.33.84.0,  and 4.0-beta (but not 4.0.1), while to 3.3.* matches 1.5 or 2.0.6 or 3.3.4621, but not 3.4.0 or 3.4.0-beta.

  • The range VersionFromTo matches any version that is greater than or equal to the starting PackageVersion, and less than or equal to some version that matches the VersionPrefix.

    For example, 1 to 5 matches 1.12.13.1,  or 5.0 (but not 5.1), while 1 to 5.* matches all of these, plus versions such as 5.7.2 (but not 6.0 or 6.0-beta). Similarly, 1.0-beta to 1.0 matches 1.0-beta, 1.0-beta.2, 1.0-gamma, and 1.0, but not 1.0-alpha or 1.0.1.

3.5.2 Dependencies between Packages

When components in one package reference components in another, the dependency of the first package on the second must be represented by an xsl:use-package element. This may appear in the principal stylesheet module of the first package (which may be a package manifest), or it may appear in a stylesheet module that is referenced from the principal stylesheet module via one or more xsl:include declarations; however it must not be referenced via xsl:import declarations (this is to avoid complications caused by multiple xsl:use-package declarations with different import precedence).

[Definition: If a package Q contains an xsl:use-package element that references package P, then package Q is said to use package P. In this relationship package Q is referred to as the using package, package P as the used package.]

The phrase directly uses is synonymous with uses as defined above, while directly or indirectly uses refers to the transitive closure of this relationship.

<!-- Category: declaration -->
<xsl:use-package
  name = uri
  package-version? = string〔'*'〕 >
  <!-- Content: (xsl:accept | xsl:override)* -->
</xsl:use-package>

A package may be used by more than one other package, but the relationship must not be cyclic. It is possible, but by no means inevitable, that using the same package in more than one place within a stylesheet will cause static errors due to the presence of conflicting components according to the above rules. Where a package is successfully used by more than one other package, its components may be overridden in different ways by different using packages.

The name and package-version attributes together identify the used package. The value of the package-version attribute, if present, must conform to the rules for a PackageVersionRange given in 3.5.1 Versions of a Package; if omitted the value * is assumed, which matches any version. The used package must have a name that is an exact match for the name in the name attribute (using codepoint comparison), and its explicit or implicit package-version must match the version range given in the package-version attribute.

This specification does not define how the implementation locates a package given its name and version. If several matching versions of a package are available, it does not define which of them is chosen. Nor does it define whether this process locates source code or some other representation of the package contents. Such mechanisms are implementation-defined. Use of the package name as a dereferenceable URI is not recommended, because the intent of the packaging feature is to allow a package to be distributed as reusable code and therefore to exist in many different locations.

[ERR XTSE3000] It is a static error if no package matching the package name and version specified in an xsl:use-package declaration can be located.

[ERR XTSE3005] It is a static error if a package is dependent on itself, where package A is defined as being dependent on package B if A contains an xsl:use-package declaration that references B, or if A contains an xsl:use-package declaration that references a package C that is itself dependent on B.

[ERR XTSE3008] It is a static error if an xsl:use-package declaration appears in a stylesheet module that is not in the same stylesheet level as the principal stylesheet module of the package.

Note:

Depending on the implementation architecture, there may be a need to locate used packages both during static analysis (for example, to get information about the names and type signatures of the components exposed by the used package), and also at evaluation time (to link to the implementation of these components so they can be invoked). A failure to locate a package may cause an error at either stage.

The xsl:accept and xsl:override elements are used to modify the visibility or behavior of components acquired from the used package; they are described in 3.5.3.2 Accepting Components below.

Note:

It is not intrinsically an error to have two xsl:use-package declarations that identify the same package (or different versions of the same package). This has the same effect as having two declarations that identify packages with different names but identical content. In most cases it will result in an error ([see ERR XTSE3050]) due to the presence of multiple components with the same name; but no error would occur, for example, if the used package is empty, or if the two xsl:use-package declarations use xsl:accept to accept non-overlapping subsets of the components in the used package.

3.5.3 Named Components in Packages

This section discusses the use of named components in packages.

The components which can be declared in one package and referenced in another are: functions, named templates, attribute sets, modes, and global variables and parameters.

In addition, keys and accumulators are classified as named components because they can contain references to components in another package, even though they cannot themselves be referenced from outside the package.

Named and unnamed modes come within the scope of this section, but there are differences noted in 3.5.4 Overriding Template Rules from a Used Package.

Not all declarations result in components:

  • Named declarations that can neither be referenced from outside their containing package, nor can contain references to components in other packages (examples are xsl:output, xsl:character-map, and xsl:decimal-format) are not considered to be components and are therefore outside the scope of this section.

  • Some declarations, such as xsl:decimal-format and xsl:strip-space, declare aspects of the processing context which are not considered to be components as defined here.

  • Template rules (xsl:template with a match attribute) are also not considered to be components for the purposes of this section, which is concerned only with components that are bound by name. However, when an xsl:template has both a match attribute and a name attribute, then it establishes both a template rule and a named template, and in its role as a named template it comes within the scope of this discussion.

  • A named declaration, for example a named template, a function, or a global variable, may be overridden within the same package by another like-named declaration having higher import precedence. When a declaration is overridden in this way it cannot be referenced by name either from within its containing package or from outside that package.

  • In the case of xsl:attribute-set and xsl:key declarations, several declarations combine to form a single component.

The section is largely concerned with details of the rules that affect references from one component to another by name, whether the components are in the same package or in different packages. The rules are designed to meet a number of requirements:

  • A component defined in one package can be overridden by a component in another package, provided the signatures are type-compatible.

  • The author of a package can declare whether the components in the package are public or private (that is, whether or not they can be used from outside the package) and whether they are final, overridable, or abstract (that is whether they can or must be overridden by the using package).

  • Within an application, two packages can make use of a common library and override its components in different ways.

  • Visibility of components can be defined either as part of the declaration of the component, or in the package manifest.

  • An application that wishes to make use of a library package can be selective about which components from the library it acquires, perhaps to avoid name clashes between components acquired from different libraries.

[Definition: The term component is used to refer to any of the following: a stylesheet function, a named template, a mode, an accumulator, an attribute set, a key, global variable, or a mode.]

[Definition: The symbolic identifier of a component is a composite name used to identify the component uniquely within a package. The symbolic identifier comprises the kind of component (stylesheet function, named template, accumulator, attribute set, global variable, key, or mode), the expanded QName of the component (namespace URI plus local name), and in the case of stylesheet functions, the upper bound of the arity range.]

Note:

In the case of the unnamed mode, the expanded QName of the component may be considered to be some system-allocated name different from any user-defined mode name.

[Definition: Two components are said to be homonymous if they have the same symbolic identifier.]

Every component has a declaration in some stylesheet module and therefore within some package. In the case of attribute sets and keys, there may be several declarations. The declaration is an element in an XDM tree representing the stylesheet module. Declarations therefore have identity, based on XDM node identity.

[Definition: The declaring package of a component is the package that contains the declaration (or, in the case of xsl:attribute-set and xsl:key, multiple declarations) of the component.]

When a component declared in one package is made available in another, the using package will contain a separate component that can be regarded as a modified copy of the original. The new component shares the same symbolic identifier as the original, and it has the same declaration, but it has other properties such as its visibility that may differ from the original.

[Definition: A component declaration results in multiple components, one in the package in which the declaration appears, and potentially one in each package that uses the declaring package, directly or indirectly, subject to the visibility of the component. Each of these multiple components has the same declaring package, but each has a different containing package. For the original component, the declaring package and the containing package are the same; for a copy of a component made as a result of an xsl:use-package declaration, the declaring package will be the original package, and the containing package will be the package in which the xsl:use-package declaration appears.]

Note:

Within this specification, we generally use the notation CP for a component named C whose declaring package and containing package are both P; and the notation CPQ for a component whose containing package is P and whose declaring package is Q (that is, a component in P that is derived from a component CQ in the used package Q).

The properties of a component are as follows:

Note:

When a function F defined in a package P is acquired by two using packages Q and R, we may think of P, Q, and R as all providing access to the “same” function. The detailed semantics, however, demand an understanding that there is one function declaration, but three components. The three components representing the function F within packages P, Q, and R have some properties in common (the same symbolic identifier, the same declaration), but other properties (the visibility and the bindings of symbolic references) that may vary from one of these components to another.

[Definition: The declaration of a component includes constructs that can be interpreted as references to other components by means of their symbolic identifiers. These constructs are generically referred to as symbolic references. Examples of constructs that give rise to symbolic references are the name attribute of xsl:call-template; the [xsl:]use-attribute-sets attribute of xsl:copy, xsl:element, and literal result elements; the explicit or implicit mode attribute of xsl:apply-templates; XPath variable references referring to global variables; XPath static function calls (including partial function applications) referring to stylesheet functions; and named function references (example: my:f#1) referring to stylesheet functions. ]

Symbolic references exist as properties of the declaration of a component. The symbolic identifier being referred to can be determined straightforwardly from the syntactic form and context of the reference: for example, the instruction <xsl:value-of select="f:price($o)" xmlns:f="http://f.com/"/> contains a symbolic reference to a function with expanded name {http://f.com/}price and with arity=1. However, because there may be several (homonymous) function components with this symbolic identifier, translating this symbolic reference into a reference to a specific component (a process called “binding”) is less straightforward, and is described in the text that follows.

The process of assembling a stylesheet from its constituent packages is primarily a process of binding these symbolic references to actual components. Within any component whose declaration is D, there is a set of bindings; each binding is an association between a symbolic reference in D and a component whose symbolic identifier matches the outward reference. Outward references for which a component C contains a binding are said to be bound in C; those for which C contains no binding are said to be unbound.

For example, suppose that in some package Q, function A calls B, which in turn calls C, and that B is private. Now suppose that in some package P which uses Q, C is overridden. The effect of the binding process is that P will contain three components corresponding to A, B, and C, which we might call AP, BP, and CP. The declarations of AP and BP are in package Q, but the declaration of CP is in P. The internal visibility of BP will be hidden (meaning that it cannot be referenced from within P), and BP will contain a binding for the component CP that corresponds to the outward reference from B to C. The effect is that when A calls B and B calls C, it is the overriding version of C that is executed.

In another package R that uses Q without overriding C, there will be three different components AR, BR, and CR. This time the declaration of all three components is in the original package Q. Component BR will contain a binding to CR, so in this package, the original version of C is executed. The fact that one package P overrides C thus has no effect on R, which does not override it.

The binding process outlined above is described in more detail in 3.5.3.5 Binding References to Components.

Template rules are not components in their own right; unlike named templates, they are never referenced by name. Component references within a template rule (for example, references to functions, global variables, or named templates) are treated as occurring within the component that represents the containing mode. This includes component references within the match patterns of template rules. If a template rule lists several modes, it is treated as if there were multiple template rules one in each mode.

An xsl:apply-templates instruction with no mode attribute is treated as a reference to the default mode defined for that instruction (see 3.7.3 The default-mode Attribute), which in turn defaults to the unnamed mode. An implicit reference to the unnamed made is treated in the same way as any other symbolic reference. Note that there is an unnamed mode in every package, and the unnamed mode always has private visibility.

Where an xsl:template element has both a name and a match attribute, it is treated as if there were two separate xsl:template elements, one with a name attribute and one with a match attribute.

Keys and accumulators behave rather differently from other components. Their visibility is always private, which means they can only be used within their declaring package. In addition, the component binding is generally made dynamically rather than statically, by virtue of a string passed as an argument to the function key, accumulator-before, or accumulator-after. (In the case of accumulators, there can also be static references: see the use-accumulators attribute of xsl:source-document, xsl:merge-source, and xsl:mode.) However, outward references from key definitions and accumulators to other components (such as global variables and functions) behave in the same way as component references contained in any other private component, in that they may be re-bound to an overriding declaration of the target component.

3.5.3.1 Visibility of Components

[Definition: The visibility of a component is one of: private, public, abstract, final, or hidden.]

The meanings of these visibility values is as follows:

public

The component can be referenced from other components in this package or in any using package; it can be overridden by a different component in any using package.

private

The component can be referenced from other components in this package; it cannot be referenced or overridden within a using package.

abstract

The component can be referenced from other components in this package or in any using package; in a using package it can either remain abstract or be overridden by a different component.

final

The component can be referenced from other components in this package or in any using package; it cannot be overridden by a different component in any using package.

hidden

The component cannot be referenced from other components in this package; it cannot be referenced or overridden within a using package.

Note:

The visibility of a component in a package P primarily affects how the component can be used in other packages, specifically, packages that use P. There is one exception: if the visibility is hidden, it also affects how the component can be used within P.

When a component is declared within a particular package, its visibility, which affects how it can be used in other (using) packages, depends on two factors: the value of the visibility declaration on the declaration itself (if present), and the rules given in the xsl:expose declarations of the package manifest.

The xsl:function, xsl:template, xsl:attribute-set, xsl:variable, and xsl:modedeclarations each have an optional visibility attribute. The value is one of private, public, abstract, or final (never hidden). In the case of an xsl:param element there is no explicit visibility attribute; rather the declaration has the implicit attribute visibility="public".

Any xsl:expose declarations that appear as children of xsl:package define the visibility of components whose declaration has no explicit visibility attribute, and can also be used to reduce the visibility of components where this attribute is present.

<xsl:expose
  component = "template" | "function" | "attribute-set" | "variable" | "mode" | "item-type" | "*"
  names = tokens
  visibility = "public" | "private" | "final" | "abstract" />

The xsl:expose element allows the visibility of selected components within a package to be defined.

The components in question are identified using their symbolic identifiers. The component attribute defines the kind of component that is selected. The value * means “all component kinds”; in this case the value of the names attribute must be a WildcardXP40.

An xsl:expose declaration has no effect on the unnamed mode, which is always private to a package.

The names attribute selects a subset of these components by name (and in the case of functions, arity); its value is a whitespace-separated sequence of tokens each of which is either a NameTestXP40 or a NamedFunctionRefXP40. (Examples are *, p:*, *:local, p:local, and p:local#2.)

The value may be a NamedFunctionRef only in the case of stylesheet functions, and distinguishes functions with the same name and different arity. A NameTestXP40 on its own (that is, with no arity) cannot be used to identify a function. [XSLT 3.0 Erratum E36, bug 30323].

The visibility of a named template, function, variable, attribute set, mode, or named item type declared within a package is the first of the following that applies, subject to consistency constraints which are defined below:

  1. The visibility of a variable declared using an xsl:param element is always public. No xsl:expose element ever matches an xsl:param component.

    Note:

    Attempting to match an xsl:param with an explicit EQName will therefore always give an error, while using a wildcard has no effect.

  2. If the package manifest contains an xsl:expose element that matches this component by virtue of an explicit EQName or NamedFunctionRef (that is, not by virtue of a wildcard match), then the value of the visibility attribute of the last such xsl:expose element in document order (call this the explicit exposed visibility).

  3. If the declaration of the component has a visibility attribute, then the value of this attribute (call this the declared visibility).

  4. If the package manifest contains an xsl:expose element that matches this component by virtue of a wildcard match that specifies either the namespace part of the component name or the local part of the name (for example, prefix:* or *:local or Q{uri}*), then the value of the visibility attribute of the last such xsl:expose element in document order.

  5. If the package manifest contains an xsl:expose element that matches this component by virtue of a wildcard match that matches all names (that is, *), then the value of the visibility attribute of the last such xsl:expose element in document order.

  6. Otherwise, private.

Note:

In the above rules, no distinction is made between declarations that specify a specific component kind, and those that specify component="*". If both match, the value of the component attribute plays no role in deciding which declaration wins.

If both a declared visibility and an explicit exposed visibility exist for the same component, then as mentioned above, they must be consistent. This is determined by reference to the following table, where the entry N/P means “not permitted”. (In cases where the combination is permitted, the actual visibility is always the same as the visibility determined by xsl:expose.)

Relationship of Exposed Visibility to Potential Visibility
Explicit exposed visibilityDeclared visibility
publicprivatefinalabstract
publicpublicN/PN/PN/P
privateprivateprivateprivateN/P
finalfinalN/PfinalN/P
abstractN/PN/PN/Pabstract

[ERR XTSE3010] It is a static error if the explicit exposed visibility of a component is inconsistent with its declared visibility, as defined in the above table. (This error occurs only when the component declaration has an explicit visibility attribute, and the component is also listed explicitly by name in an xsl:expose declaration.)

[ERR XTSE3020] It is a static error if a token in the names attribute of xsl:expose, other than a wildcard, matches no component in the containing package.

[ERR XTSE3022] It is a static error if the component attribute of xsl:expose specifies * (meaning all component kinds) and the names attribute is not a wildcard.

Note:

There is no ambiguity, and no error, if several tokens within the same xsl:expose element match the same component.

If the visibility of a component as established by the above rules is abstract, then the component must have a declared visibility of abstract.

Note:

In other words, the xsl:expose declaration cannot be used to make a component abstract unless it was declared as abstract to start with.

[ERR XTSE3025] It is a static error if the effect of an xsl:expose declaration would be to make a component abstract, unless the component is already abstract in the absence of the xsl:expose declaration.

For a component accepted into a package P from another package Q, the visibility of the component in P (which primarily affects how it can be used in a package R that uses P) depends on the visibility declared in the relevant xsl:accept or xsl:override element in P (see 3.5.3.2 Accepting Components); this in turn has a default that depends on the visibility of the corresponding component in Q. In this case the visibility is unaffected by any xsl:expose declaration in P.

3.5.3.2 Accepting Components

When a package P uses a package Q, by virtue of an xsl:use-package element in the package manifest of P, then P will contain a component corresponding to every component in Q. The visibility of the component within P depends on the visibility of the component in Q, optionally modified by two elements that may appear as children of the xsl:use-package element, namely xsl:accept and xsl:override.

For every component CQ in package Q that is not matched by any xsl:override or xsl:accept element in the package manifest of P, there will be a corresponding component CP in package P that has the same symbolic identifier and declaration as CQ.

If CQ is an xsl:param component, then the visibility of CP is public.

In other cases, the visibility of CP depends on the visibility of CQ, as defined by the following table:

Visibility of Components in Used and Using Packages
Visibility in used package CQVisibility in using package CP
publicprivate
finalprivate
privatehidden
hiddenhidden
abstracthidden

Note:

The effect of these rules is as follows:

  • Components that are public or final in the used package Q become private in the using package P. This means that they can be referenced within P but are not (by default) visible within a package R that uses P.

  • Components that are private or hidden in the used package Q become hidden in the using package P. This means that they cannot be referenced within P; but if they contain references to components that are overridden in P, the hidden component’s references are bound to the overriding components in P.

  • Components that are abstract in the used package Q become hidden in the using package P. The hidden component in this case raises a dynamic error if it is invoked. Such an invocation cannot originate within P, because the component is not visible within P; but it can occur if a public component in Q is invoked, which in turn invokes the abstract component.

<xsl:accept
  component = "template" | "function" | "attribute-set" | "variable" | "mode" | "item-type" | "*"
  names = tokens
  visibility = "public" | "private" | "final" | "abstract" | "hidden" />

The xsl:accept element has very similar syntax and semantics to xsl:expose. Whereas xsl:expose allows a package to restrict the visibility of its own components to other (using) packages, xsl:accept allows a package to restrict the visibility of components exposed by a package that it uses. This may be necessary if, for example, it uses two different packages whose component names conflict. It may also simply be good practice if the package author knows that only a small subset of the functionality of a used package is required.

The rules for determining whether an xsl:accept element matches a particular component, and for which element to use if there are several matches, are the same as the rules for the xsl:expose element.

No xsl:accept element ever matches a variable declared using xsl:param.

Note:

Attempting to match an xsl:param with an explicit EQName will therefore always give an error, while using a wildcard has no effect.

[ERR XTSE3030] It is a static error if a token in the names attribute of xsl:accept, other than a wildcard, matches no component in the used package.

[ERR XTSE3032] It is a static error if the component attribute of xsl:accept specifies * (meaning all component kinds) and the names attribute is not a wildcard.

In the absence of a matching xsl:override element (see 3.5.3.3 Overriding Components from a Used Package), the visibility of a component that matches an xsl:accept element depends both on the visibility attribute of the best-matching xsl:accept element and on the visibility of the corresponding component in the used package, according to the following table. In this table the entry “N/P” means “not permitted”.

Relationship of the Visibility given in xsl:accept to Visibility in the Used Package
Visibility in xsl:accept elementVisibility in used package
publicprivatefinalabstract
publicpublicN/PN/PN/P
privateprivateN/PprivateN/P
finalfinalN/PfinalN/P
abstractN/PN/PN/Pabstract
hiddenhiddenN/Phiddenhidden

[ERR XTSE3040] It is a static error if the visibility assigned to a component by an xsl:accept element is incompatible with the visibility of the corresponding component in the used package, as defined by the above table, unless the token that matches the component name is a wildcard, in which case the xsl:accept element is treated as not matching that component.

[ERR XTSE3050] It is a static error if the xsl:use-package elements in a package manifest cause two or more homonymous components to be accepted with a visibility other than hidden.

Conflicts between the components accepted from used packages and those declared within the package itself are handled as follows:

  1. If the conflict is between two components both declared within the package itself, then it is resolved by the rules relating to import precedence defined for each kind of component.

  2. If the conflict is between two components both accepted from used packages, or between a component declared within the package and an accepted component, then a static error occurs.

  3. If a component is explicitly accepted from a used package (by name, rather than by a matching wildcard), and if the same component is the subject of an xsl:override declaration, then a static error occurs (see below). There is no conflict, however, if a component declared within xsl:override also matches a wildcard in an xsl:accept element.

    [ERR XTSE3051] It is a static error if a token in the names attribute of xsl:accept, other than a wildcard, matches the symbolic name of a component declared within an xsl:override child of the same xsl:use-package element.

Where the used package Q contains a component whose visibility is abstract, the using package P has three options:

  1. P can accept the component with visibility="abstract". In this case P can contain references to the component, but invocation via these references will fail unless a non-abstract overriding component has been supplied in some package R that (directly or indirectly) uses P.

  2. P can accept the component with visibility="hidden". In this case P cannot contain references to the component, and invocation via references in Q will always fail with a dynamic error. This is the default if P does not explicitly accept or override the component.

  3. P can provide a concrete implementation of the component within an xsl:override element.

Any invocation of the absent component (typically from within its declaring package) causes a dynamic error, as if the component were overridden by a component that unconditionally raises a dynamic error.

[ERR XTDE3052] It is a dynamic error if an invocation of an abstract component is evaluated.

Note:

This can occur when a public component in the used package invokes an abstract component in the used package, and the using package provides no concrete implementation for the component in an xsl:override element.

Note:

To override a component accepted from a used package, the overriding declaration must appear as a child of the xsl:override element.

Note:

There is no rule that prevents a function (say) being declared in the using package with the same name as a private function in the used package. This does not create a conflict, since all references in the used package are bound to one function and all those in the using package are bound to another.

3.5.3.3 Overriding Components from a Used Package

[Definition: A component in a using package may override a component in a used package, provided that the visibility of the component in the used package is either abstract or public. The overriding declaration is written as a child of the xsl:override element, which in turn appears as a child of xsl:use-package.]

<xsl:override>
  <!-- Content: (xsl:template | xsl:function | xsl:variable | xsl:param | xsl:attribute-set)* -->
</xsl:override>

Note:

This mechanism is distinct from the mechanism for overriding declarations within the same package by relying on import precedence. It imposes stricter rules: the overriding component is required to be type-compatible with the component that it overrides.

If the used package Q contains a componentCQ and the xsl:use-package element contains an xsl:override element which contains a declaration D whose symbolic identifier matches the symbolic identifier of CQ, then the using package P will contain a component CP whose declaration is D, whose symbolic identifier is that of D, and whose visibility is equal to the value of the visibility attribute of D, or private if this is absent, except in the case of xsl:param, which is implicitly public.

The using package P will also contain a component CPQ whose body is the same as the body of CQ and whose visibility is hidden. This component is used as the target of a binding for the symbolic reference xsl:original described below.

Other than its appearance as a child of xsl:override, the overriding declaration is a normal xsl:function, xsl:template, xsl:variable, xsl:param, or xsl:attribute-set element. In the case of xsl:variable and xsl:param, the variable that is declared is a global variable.

The rules in the remainder of this section apply to components having a name attribute (named components). The only element with no name attribute that can appear as a child of xsl:override is an xsl:template declaration having a match attribute (that is, a template rule). The rules for overriding of template rules appear in 3.5.4 Overriding Template Rules from a Used Package. If an xsl:template element has both a name attribute and a match attribute, then it defines both a named component and a template rule, and both sections apply.

[ERR XTSE3055] It is a static error if a component declaration appearing as a child of xsl:override is homonymous with any other declaration in the using package, regardless of import precedence, including any other overriding declaration in the package manifest of the using package.

Note:

When an attribute set is overridden, the overriding attribute set must be defined using a single xsl:attribute-set element. Attribute sets defined in different packages are never merged by virtue of having the same name, though they may be merged explicitly by using the use-attribute-sets attribute.

[ERR XTSE3058] It is a static error if a component declaration appearing as a child of xsl:override does not match (is not homonymous with) some component in the used package.

[ERR XTSE3060] It is a static error if the component referenced by an xsl:override declaration has visibility other than public or abstract

A package is executable if and only if it contains no component whose visibility is abstract. A package that is not executable is not a stylesheet, and therefore cannot be nominated as the stylesheet to be used when initiating a transformation.

Note:

In other words, if a component is declared as abstract, then some package that uses the declaring package of that component directly or indirectly must override that component with one that is not abstract. It is not necessary for the override to happen in the immediately using package.

[ERR XTSE3070] It is a static error if the signature of an overriding component is not compatible with the signature of the component that it is overriding.

[Definition: The signatures of two components are compatible if they present the same interface to the user of the component. The additional rules depend on the kind of component.]

Compatibility is only relevant when comparing two components that have the same symbolic identifier. The compatibility rules for each kind of component are as follows:

  • Two attribute sets with the same name are compatible if and only if they satisfy the following rule:

    1. If the overridden attribute set specifies streamable="yes" then the overriding attribute set also specifies streamable="yes".

  • Two functions with the same symbolic identifier are compatible if and only if they satisfy all the following rules:

    1. They have the same arity range (which implies they have the same number of required and optional parameters)

    2. The declared types of the parameters (defaulting to item()*) are pairwise identical.

    3. The declared return types (defaulting to item()*) are identical.

    4. The effective value of the new-each-time attribute on the overriding function is the same as its value on the overridden function.

    5. If the overridden function has a streamability attribute with a value other than unspecified, then the overriding function has a streamability attribute with the same value. [XSLT 3.0 Erratum E32, bug 30297]

    It is recommended that the parameter names on the overriding function should be the same as on the overridden function. (However, in order to maintain backwards compatibility with XSLT 3.0, this is not required.) If the parameter names are not the same, then the parameter names on the overriding function are effectively replaced with the names declared on the overridden function, so that any static function calls using keyword arguments to set the values of arguments must use the names defined on the overridden function.

  • Two named templates with the same name are compatible if and only if they satisfy all the following rules:

    1. Their return types are identical.

    2. For every non-tunnel parameter on the overridden template, there is a non-tunnel parameter on the overriding template that has the same name, an identical required type, and the same effective value for the required attributes.

    3. For every tunnel parameter P on the overridden template, if there is a parameter Q on the overriding template that has the same name as P then Q is also a tunnel parameter, and P and Q have identical required types.

    4. Any parameter on the overriding template for which there is no corresponding parameter on the overridden template specifies required="no".

    5. The two templates have equivalent xsl:context-item children, where equivalence means that the use attributes are the same and the required types are identical; an absent xsl:context-item is equivalent to one that specifies use="optional" and as="item()".

  • Two variables (including parameters) with the same name are compatible if and only if they satisfy all the following rules:

    1. Their declared types are identical. For this purpose, the declared type is the first of the following that applies:

      • If there is an as attribute, then the type defined by that attribute.

      • If there is a select attribute, then item()*.

      • If there is a non-empty sequence constructor, then document-node().

      • Otherwise, xs:string. [XSLT 3.0 Erratum E35, bug 30313].

    Note:

    A variable may override a parameter or vice-versa, and the initial value may differ.

    Because static variables and parameters are constrained to have visibility private , they cannot be overridden in another package. The compatibility rules therefore do not arise. The reason that such variables cannot be overridden is that they are typically used during stylesheet compilation (for example, in [xsl:]use-when expressions and shadow attributes) and it is a design goal that packages should be capable of independent compilation.

[Definition: Types S and T are considered identical for the purpose of these rules if and only if subtype(S, T) and subtype(T, S) both hold, where the subtype relation is defined in Section 3.3.1 Subtypes of Sequence TypesXP40.]

Note:

  1. One consequence of this rule is that two plain union types are considered identical if they have the same set of member types, even if the union types have different names or the ordering of the member types is different.

    Consider a function that accepts an argument whose declared type is a union type with member types xs:double and xs:decimal, in that order (we might write this as (xs:double | xs:decimal)). Using the same notation, this can be overridden by a function that declares the argument type as (xs:decimal | xs:double). This does not affect type checking: a function call that passes the type checking rules with one signature will also pass the type checking rules with the other. It does however affect the way that the function conversion rules work: a call that passes the xs:untypedAtomic item "93.7" (or an untyped node with this as its string value) will be converted to an xs:decimal in one case and an xs:double in the other.

  2. While this rule may appear formal, it is not as straightforward as might be supposed, because the subtype relation in XPath has a dependency on the “Type derivation OK (Simple)” relation in XML Schema, which itself appeals to a judgement as to whether the two type definitions being compared “are the same type definition”. Both XSD 1.0 and XSD 1.1 add the note “The wording of [this rule] appeals to a notion of component identity which is only incompletely defined by this version of this specification.” However, they go on to say that component identity is well defined if the components are named simple type definitions, which will always apply in this case. For named atomic types, the final result of these rules is that two atomic types are identical if and only if they have the same name.

  3. Except where recursive types are involved, a named item type (declared in an xsl:item-type declaration) is considered identical to its expansion. With recursive types, the same type names must be used. By implication, the named type must itself be declared or exposed with visibility="final".

Modes are not overridable, so the xsl:mode declaration cannot appear as a child of xsl:override.

3.5.3.4 Referring to Overridden Components

Within the declaration of an overriding named component (that is, a component whose declaration is a child of xsl:override, and has a name attribute), where the overridden component has public visibility, it is possible to use the name xsl:original as a symbolic reference to the overridden component. More specifically:

  • Within a named template appearing as a child of xsl:override, the name xsl:original may appear as the value of the name attribute of xsl:call-template: for example, <xsl:call-template name="xsl:original"/>.

  • Within a stylesheet function appearing as a child of xsl:override, the static context for contained XPath expressions (other than static expressions) is augmented as follows: the statically known function signatures includes a mapping from the name xsl:original to the signature of the overridden function (which is the same as the signature of the overriding function). This means that the name xsl:original can be used in static function calls, including calls that use partial function application (where one of the arguments is given as "?"), and also in named function references. For example: xsl:original($x), xsl:original($x, ?), xsl:original#2.

    Note:

    The result of calling function-name(xsl:original#2) is the name of the overridden function, not xsl:original.

    If the function xsl:original is called with keyword arguments, the keywords used are those of the overridden function.

    Neither xsl:original, nor the overridden function, is added to the dynamically known function definitionsXP40 component of the dynamic context for XPath expressions within the overriding function. This means that any attempt to bind the function name xsl:original dynamically (for example using function-lookupFO40, or function-available, or xsl:evaluate) will fail, and any attempt to bind the name of the overriding/overridden function dynamically will return the overriding function.

  • Within a global variable or parameter appearing as a child of xsl:override, the static context for contained XPath expressions (other than static expressions) is augmented as follows: the in-scope variables includes a mapping from the name xsl:original to the declared type of the overridden variable or parameter (which is the same as the type of the overriding global variable or parameter).

  • Within an attribute set appearing as a child of xsl:override, any [xsl:]use-attribute-sets attribute (whether on the xsl:attribute-set element itself, or on any descendant element) may include the name xsl:original as a reference to the overridden attribute set.

Within the overriding component CP, the symbolic referencexsl:original is bound to the hidden component CPQ described earlier, whose body is that of the component CQ in the used package.

[ERR XTSE3075] It is a static error to use the component reference xsl:original when the overridden component has visibility="abstract".

Modes are not overridable, so the name xsl:original cannot be used to refer to a mode (for example in the mode attribute of xsl:apply-templates).

Note:

In the case of variables, templates, and attribute sets, the invocation of the overridden component can occur only within the lexical scope of the overriding component. With functions, however, there is greater flexibility. The overriding component can obtain a reference to the overridden component in the form of a function item, and can export this value by passing it to other functions or returning it in its result. A dynamic invocation of this function item (and hence, of the overridden function) can thus occur anywhere.

3.5.3.5 Binding References to Components

[Definition: The process of identifying the component to which a symbolic reference applies (possibly chosen from several homonymous alternatives) is called reference binding.]

The process of reference binding in the presence of overriding declarations is best illustrated by an example. The formal rules follow later in the section.

Example: Binding References to Named Components

Consider a package Q defined as follows:

<xsl:package name="Q"
        version="3.0"                
        xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform">
  <xsl:variable name="A" visibility="final" select="$B + 1"/>
  <xsl:variable name="B" visibility="private" select="$C * 2"/>
  <xsl:variable name="C" visibility="public" select="22"/>
</xsl:package>

(The process is illustrated here using variables as the components, but the logic would be the same if the example used functions, named templates, or attribute sets.)

There are three components in this package, and their properties are illustrated in the following table. (The ID column is an arbitrary component identifier used only for the purposes of this exposition.)

Components in the above Package and their Properties
IDSymbolic NameDeclaring PackageContaining PackageVisibilityBodyBindings
AQvariable AQQfinal$B + 1$B → BQ
BQvariable BQQprivate$C * 2$C → CQ
CQvariable CQQpublic22none

Now consider a package P that uses Q, and that overrides one of the variables declared in Q:

<xsl:package name="P"
        version="3.0"                
        xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform">
  <xsl:use-package name="Q">
    <xsl:override>
      <xsl:variable name="C" visibility="private" select="$xsl:original + 3"/>
    </xsl:override>
  </xsl:use-package>
  
  <xsl:template name="T" visibility="public">
    <xsl:value-of select="$A"/>
  </xsl:template>
</xsl:package>

Package P has five components, whose properties are shown in the following table:

Components in the above Package and their Properties
IDSymbolic NameDeclaring PackageContaining PackageVisibilityBodyBindings
APQvariable AQPfinal$B + 1$B → BPQ
BPQvariable BQPhidden$C * 2$C → CP
CPQvariable CQPhidden22none
CPvariable CPPprivate$xsl:original + 3$xsl:original → CPQ
TPtemplate TPPpublicvalue-of select="$A$A → APQ

The effect of these bindings is that when template T is called, the result is 51. This is why:

  1. The result of T is the value of APQ.

  2. The value of APQ is the value of BPQ plus 1.

  3. The value of BPQ is the value of CP times 2.

  4. The value of CP is the value of CPQ plus 3.

  5. The value of CPQ is 22.

  6. So the final result is ((22 + 3) * 2) + 1

In this example, the components of P are established in three different ways:

  1. Components APQ, BPQ, and CPQ are modified copies of the corresponding component AQ, BQ, and CQ in the used package Q. The properties of these components are modified as follows:

    1. The symbolic identifier, declaring package, and body are unchanged.

    2. The containing package is changed to P.

    3. The visibility is changed according to the rules in 3.5.3.2 Accepting Components: in particular, visibility="private" changes to visibility="hidden".

    4. The references to other components are rebound as described in this section.

  2. Component CP is the overriding component. Its properties are exactly as if it were declared as a top-level component in P (outside the xsl:use-package element), except that (a) it must adhere to the constraints on overriding components (see 3.5.3.3 Overriding Components from a Used Package), (b) it is allowed to use the variable reference $xsl:original, and (c) the fact that it overrides CQ affects the way that references from other components are rebound.

  3. Component TP is a new component declared locally in P.

The general rules for reference binding can now be stated:

  1. If the containing package of a component CP is P, then all symbolic references in CP are bound to components whose containing package is P.

  2. When a package P uses a package Q, then for every component CQ in Q, there is a corresponding componentCP in P, as described in 3.5.3.2 Accepting Components.

  3. Given a component CP whose containing package and declaring package are the same package P, then (as a consequence of rules elsewhere in this specification) for every symbolic referenceD within CP, other than a reference using the name xsl:original, there will always be exactly one non-hidden component DP whose containing package is P and whose symbolic identifier matches D (otherwise a static error will have been raised). The reference is then bound to DP.

  4. In the case of a component reference using the name xsl:original, this will in general appear within a component CP that overrides a component CQ whose corresponding component in P is CPQ, and the xsl:original reference is bound to CPQ.

  5. Given a component CP whose containing packageP is a different package from its declaring packageR (that is, CP is present in P by virtue of an xsl:use-package declaration referencing package Q, which may or may not be the same as R), then the component bindings in CP are derived from the component bindings in the corresponding component CQ as follows: if the component binding within CQ is to a component DQ, then:

    1. If DQ is overridden within P by a component DP, then the reference is bound to DP;

    2. Otherwise, the reference is bound to the component DPQ in P whose corresponding component in Q is DQ.

When reference resolution is performed on a package that is intended to be used as a stylesheet (that is, for the top-level package), there must be no symbolic references referring to components whose visibility is abstract (that is, an implementation must be provided for every abstract component).

[ERR XTSE3080] It is a static error if a top-level package (as distinct from a library package) contains components whose visibility is abstract.

Note:

Abstract components in a used package by default become hidden in the using package, which means that a reference to the component in the top-level package will fail to resolve (resulting in a different static error). This particular error occurs only if the abstract component is declared within the top-level package. [XSLT 3.0 Erratum E4, bug 30142].

Note:

Unresolved references are allowed at the module level but not at the package level. A stylesheet module can contain references to components that are satisfied only when the module is imported into another module that declares the missing component.

Note:

The process of resolving references (or linking) is critical to an implementation that uses separate compilation. One of the aims of these rules is to ensure that when compiling a package, it is always possible to determine the signature of called functions, templates, and other components. A further aim is to establish unambiguously in what circumstances components can be overridden, so that compilers know when it is possible to perform optimizations such as inlining of function and variable references.

Suppose a public template T calls a private function F. When the package containing these two components is referenced by a using package, the template remains public, while the function becomes hidden. Because the function becomes hidden, it can no longer conflict with any other function of the same name, or be overridden by any other function; at this stage the compiler knows exactly which function T will be calling, and can perform optimizations based on this knowledge.

The mechanism for resolving component references described in this section is consistent with the mechanism used for binding function and variable references described in the XPath specification. XPath requires these variable and function names to be present in the static context for an XPath expression. XSLT ensures that all the non-hidden functions, global variables, and global parameters in a package are present in the static context for every XPath expression that appears in that package, along with required information such as the type of a variable and the signature of a function.

Example: Named Component References in Inline Functions

Named component references within inline functions follow the standard rules, but the rules need to be interpreted with care. Suppose that in package P we find the declarations:

<xsl:variable name="v" as="xs:integer" visibility="public" select="3"/>

<xsl:function name="f:factory" as="fn(*)" visibility="final">
  <xsl:sequence select="fn() { $v }"/>
</xsl:function>

and that in a using package Q we find:

<xsl:use-package name="P">
  <xsl:override>
    <xsl:variable name="v" as="xs:integer" select="4"/>
  </xsl:override>
</xsl:use-package>

<xsl:template name="xsl:initial-template">
  <v value="{f:factory()()}"/>
</xsl:template>

The correct output here is <v value="4"/>.

The explanation for this is as follows. Package Q contains a function f:factoryQP whose declaring package is P and whose containing package is Q. The symbolic reference $v within the body of this function is resolved in the normal way; since the containing package is Q, it is resolved to the global variable vQ: that is, the overriding declaration of $v that appears within the xsl:override element within package Q, whose value is 4.

In terms of internal implementation, one way of looking at this is that the anonymous function returned by f:factory contains within its closure bindings for the global variables and functions that the anonymous function references; these bindings are inherited from the component bindings of the component that lexically contains these symbolic references, which in this case is f:factory, and more specifically the version of the f:factory component in package Q.

3.5.3.6 Dynamic References to Components

There are several functions in which a dynamically evaluated QName is used to identify a component: these include key, accumulator-before, accumulator-after, function-lookupFO40, and function-available. Dynamic references can also occur in the XPath expression supplied to the xsl:evaluate instruction.

In all these cases, the set of components that are available to be referenced are those that are declared in the package where this function call appears, including components declared within an xsl:override declaration in that package, but excluding components declared with visibility="abstract". If the relevant component has been overridden in a different package, the overriding declarations are not considered.

If one of these functions (for example key or accumulator-before) is invoked via a dynamic function invocation, then the relevant package is the one in which the function item is created (using a construct such as key#2, key('my-key', ?), or function-lookup($KEYFN, 2)). Function items referring to context-dependent functions bind the context at the point where the function item is created, not the context at the point where the function item is invoked.

Note:

This means that if a package wishes to make a key available for use by a calling package, it can do so by creating a public global variable whose value is a partial application of the key function:

<xsl:variable name="get-order" select="key('orders-key', ?, ?)"/>

which the calling code can invoke as $get-order('123-456', /).

3.5.4 Overriding Template Rules from a Used Package

The rules in the previous section apply to named components including functions, named templates, global variables, and named attribute sets. The rules for modes, and the template rules appearing within a mode, are slightly different.

The unnamed mode is local to a package: in effect, each package has its own private unnamed mode, and the unnamed mode of one package does not interact with the unnamed mode of any other package. An xsl:apply-templates instruction with no mode attribute is treated as a symbolic reference to the default mode defined for that instruction (see 3.7.3 The default-mode Attribute), which in turn defaults to the unnamed mode. Because the unnamed mode always has private visibility, it cannot be overridden in another package.

A named mode may be declared in an xsl:mode declaration as being either public, private, or final. The values of the visibility attribute are interpreted as follows:

Visibility Values for Named Modes, and their Meaning
ValueMeaning
publicA using package may use xsl:apply-templates to invoke templates in this mode; it may also declare additional template rules in this mode, which are selected in preference to template rules in the used package. These may appear only as children of the xsl:override element within the xsl:use-package element.
privateA using package may neither reference the mode nor provide additional templates in this mode; the name of the mode is not even visible in the using package, so no such attempt is possible. The using package can use the same name for its own modes without risk of conflict.
finalA using package may use xsl:apply-templates to invoke templates in this mode, but it must not provide additional template rules in this mode.

As with other named components, an xsl:use-package declaration may contain an xsl:accept element to control the visibility of a mode acquired from the used package. The allowed values of its visibility attribute are public, private, and final.

The xsl:mode declaration itself must not be overridden. A using package must not contain an xsl:mode declaration whose name matches that of a public or finalxsl:mode component accepted from a used package.

The xsl:expose and xsl:accept elements may be used to reduce the visibility of a mode in a using package; the same rules apply in general, though some of the rules are not applicable because, for example, modes cannot be abstract.

It is not possible for a package to combine the template rules from two other packages into a single mode. When xsl:apply-templates is used without specifying a mode, the chosen template rules will always come from the same package; when it is used with a named mode, then they will come from the package where the mode is defined, or any package that uses that package and adds template rules to the mode. If two template rules defined in different packages match the same node, then the rule in the using package wins over any rule in the used package; this decision is made before taking other factors such as import precedence and priority into account.

A static error occurs if two modes with the same name are visible within a package, either because they are both declared within the package, or because one is declared within the package and the other is acquired from a used package, or because both are accepted from different used packages.

The rules for matching template rules by import precedence and priority operate as normal, with the addition that template rules declared within an xsl:use-package element have higher precedence than any template rule declared in the used package. More specifically, given an xsl:apply-templates instruction in package P, naming a mode M that is declared in a used package Q and is overridden in P, the search order for template rules is:

  1. Rules declared within P (specifically, xsl:template rules declared as children of an xsl:override element within the xsl:use-package element that references package Q). If there are multiple rules declared within P that match a selected node, they are resolved on the basis of their explicit or implicit priority, and if the priorities are equal, the last one in declaration order wins.

  2. Rules declared within Q, taking import precedence, priority, and declaration order into account in the usual way (see 6.5 Conflict Resolution for Template Rules).

  3. Built-in template rules (see 6.8 Built-in Template Rules) selected according to the on-no-match attribute of the xsl:mode declaration (in Q), or its default.

If the mode is overridden again in a package R that uses P, then this search order is extended by adding R at the start of the search list, and so on recursively.

Note:

If existing XSLT code has been written to use template rules in the unnamed mode, a convenient way to incorporate this code into a library package is to add a stub module that defines a new named public or final mode, in which there is a single template rule whose content is the single instruction <xsl:apply-templates select="."/>. This in effect redirects xsl:apply-templates instructions using the named mode to the rules defined in the unnamed mode.

3.5.4.1 Requiring Explicit Mode Declarations

In previous versions of XSLT, modes were implicitly declared by simply using a mode name in the mode attribute of xsl:template or xsl:apply-templates. XSLT 3.0 introduced the ability to declare a mode explicitly using an xsl:mode declaration (see 6.7.1 Declaring Modes).

By default, within a package that is defined using an explicit xsl:package element, all modes must be explicitly declared. In an implicit package, however (that is, one rooted at an xsl:stylesheet or xsl:transform element), modes can be implicitly declared as in previous XSLT versions.

The declared-modes attribute of xsl:package determines whether or not modes that are referenced within the package must be explicitly declared. If the value is yes (the default), then it is an error to use a mode name unless the package either contains an explicit xsl:mode declaration for that mode, or accepts the mode from a used package. If the value is no, then this is not an error.

This attribute affects all modules making up the package, it is not confined to declarations appearing as children of the xsl:package element.

[ERR XTSE3085] It is a static error, when the effective value of the declared-modes attribute of an xsl:package element is yes, if the package contains an explicit reference to an undeclared mode, or if it implicitly uses the unnamed mode and the unnamed mode is undeclared.

For the purposes of the above rule:

  1. A mode is declared if either of the following conditions is true:

    1. The package contains an xsl:mode declaration for that mode.

    2. The mode is a public or final mode accepted from a used package.

  2. The offending reference may be either an explicit mode name, or the token #unnamed treated as a reference to the unnamed mode, or a defaulted mode attribute, and it may occur in any of the following:

    1. The mode attribute of an xsl:template declaration

    2. The mode attribute of an xsl:apply-templates instruction

    3. An [xsl:]default-mode attribute.

  3. A package implicitly uses the unnamed mode if either of the following conditions is true:

    1. There is an xsl:apply-templates element with no mode attribute, and with no ancestor-or-self having an [xsl:]default-mode attribute.

    2. There is an xsl:template element with a match attribute and no mode attribute, and with no ancestor-or-self having an [xsl:]default-mode attribute.

3.5.5 Declarations Local to a Package

The xsl:import and xsl:include declarations are local to a package.

Declarations of keys, accumulators, decimal formats, namespace aliases (see 11.1.4 Namespace Aliasing), output definitions, and character maps within a package have local scope within that package — they are all effectively private. The elements that declare these constructs do not have a visibility attribute. The unnamed decimal format and the unnamed output format are also local to a package.

If xsl:strip-space or xsl:preserve-space declarations appear within a library package, they only affect calls to the docFO40 or document functions appearing within that package. Such a declaration within the top-level package additionally affects stripping of whitespace in the document that contains the global context item.

An xsl:decimal-format declaration within a package applies only to calls on format-numberFO40 appearing within that package.

An xsl:namespace-alias declaration within a package applies only to literal result elements within the same package.

An xsl:import-schema declaration within a package adds the names of the imported schema components to the static context for that package only; these names are effectively private, in the sense that they do not become available for use in any other packages. However, the names of schema components must be consistent across the stylesheet as a whole: it is not possible for two different packages within a stylesheet to use a type-name such as part-number to refer to different schema-defined simple or complex types.

Type names used in the interface of public components in a package (for example, in the arguments of a function) must be respected by callers of those components, in the sense that the caller must supply values of the correct type. Often this will mean that the using component, if it contains calls on such interfaces, must itself import the necessary schema components. However, the requirement for an explicit schema import applies only where the package contains explicit use of the names of schema components required to call such interfaces.

Note:

For example, suppose a library package contains a function which requires an argument of type mfg:part-number. The caller of this function must supply an argument of the correct type, but does not need to import the schema unless it explicitly uses the schema type name mfg:part-number. If it obtains an instance of this type from outside the package, for example as the result of another function call, then it can supply this instance to the acquired function even though it has not imported a schema that defines this type.

At execution time, the schema available for validating instance documents contains (at least) the union of the schema components imported into all constituent packages of the stylesheet.

3.5.6 Declaring the Global Context Item

The xsl:global-context-item element is used to declare whether a global context item is required, and if so, what its required type is.

The element is a declaration that can appear at most once in any stylesheet module; and if more than one xsl:global-context-item declaration appears within a package, then the declarations must be consistent. Specifically, all the attributes must have semantically equivalent values.

Note:

This means that omitting an attribute is equivalent to specifying its default value explicitly; and purely lexical variations, such as the presence of whitespace in an attribute value, are not considered significant.

[ERR XTSE3087] It is a static error if more than one xsl:global-context-item declaration appears within a stylesheet module, or if several modules within a single package contain inconsistent xsl:global-context-item declarations

If there is no xsl:global-context-item declaration for a package, this is equivalent to specifying the empty element <xsl:global-context-item/>, which imposes no constraints.

<!-- Category: declaration -->
<xsl:global-context-item
  as? = item-type
  use? = "required" | "optional" | "absent"〔'optional'〕 />

The use attribute takes the value required, optional, or absent. The default is optional.

  • If the value required is specified, then there must be a global context item.

  • If the value optional is specified, or if the attribute is omitted, or if the xsl:global-context-item element is omitted, then there may or may not be a global context item.

  • If the value absent is specified, then the global focus (context item, position, and size) will be absent

    Note:

    This specification does not define whether supplying a global context item in this situation results in an error or warning, or whether the supplied context item is simply ignored.

If the as attribute is present then its value must be an ItemTypeXP40. If the attribute is omitted this is equivalent to specifying as="item()".

The as attribute defines the required type of the global context item. The default value is as="item()". If a global context item is supplied then it must conform to the required type, after conversion (if necessary) using the coercion rules.

[ERR XTSE3089] It is a static error if the as attribute is present when use="absent" is specified.

The global context item is available only within the top-level package. If a valid xsl:global-context-item declaration appears within a library package, then it is ignored, unless it specifies use="required", in which case an error is raised: [see ERR XTTE0590].

Note:

In earlier releases of this specification, the global context item and the initial match selection were essentially the same thing, often referred to as the principal source document. In XSLT 3.0, they were separated: the global context item is a single item accessible to the initializers of global variables as the value of the expression . (dot), while the initial match selection is a sequence of nodes or other items supplied to an initial implicit xsl:apply-templates invocation.

APIs that were originally designed for use with earlier versions of XSLT are likely to bundle the two concepts together.

With a streamable processor, the initial match selection can consist of streamed nodes, but the global context item is always grounded, because it is available to all global variables and there is no control over the sequence of processing.

A type error is raised if the top-level package contains an xsl:global-context-item declaration specifying a required type that does not match the supplied global context item. The error code is the same as for xsl:param: [see ERR XTTE0590]. [XSLT 3.0 Erratum E7, bug 30179].

Note:

If the ItemType is one that can only be satisfied by a schema-validated input document, for example as="schema-element(invoice)", the processor may interpret this as a request to apply schema validation to the input. Similarly, if the KindTest indicates that an element node is required, the processor may interpret this as a request to supply the document element rather than the document node of a supplied input document.

[ERR XTDE3086] It is a dynamic error if an xsl:global-context-item declaration specifies use="required", and no global context item is supplied. [XSLT 3.0 Erratum E6, bug 30173].

3.5.7 Worked Example of a Library Package

The example in this section illustrates the use of overrides to customize or extend a (fictional) library package named http://example.com/csv-parser, which provides a parsing function for data formatted as lines containing comma-separated values. For simplicity of exposition, the example shows a simple, naive implementation; a realistic CSV parser would be more complicated and make the example harder to follow.

3.5.7.1 Default Functionality of the CSV Package

The basic functionality of the package is provided by the function csv:parse, which expects a string parameter named input. By default, the function parses the input into lines, and breaks lines on commas, returning as result an element named csv containing one row element per line, each row containing a sequence of field elements.

A simple stylesheet which uses this library and applies it to a string might look like the following. The initial template applies csv:parse to a suitable string and returns a copy of the result:

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
   xmlns:xs="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema"
   xmlns:csv="http://example.com/csv"
   exclude-result-prefixes="xs csv"
   version="3.0">

   <xsl:output indent="yes"/>

   <xsl:use-package name="http://example.com/csv-parser" 
                    package-version="*"/>

   <!-- example input "file"  -->
   <xsl:variable name="input" as="xs:string">
       name,id,postal code
       "Abel Braaksma",34291,1210 KA
       "Anders Berglund",473892,9843 ZD
   </xsl:variable>

   <!-- entry point -->
   <xsl:template name="xsl:initial-template">
       <xsl:copy-of select="csv:parse($input)"/>
   </xsl:template>

</xsl:stylesheet>

The result returned by this stylesheet would be:

<csv>
  <row>
    <field quoted="no">name</field>
    <field quoted="no">id</field>
    <field quoted="no">postal code</field>
  </row>
  <row>
    <field quoted="yes">Abel Braaksma</field>
    <field quoted="no">34291</field>
    <field quoted="no">1210 KA</field>
  </row>
  <row>
    <field quoted="yes">Anders Berglund</field>
    <field quoted="no">473892</field>
    <field quoted="no">9843 ZD</field>
  </row>
</csv>

Variations on this default behavior are achieved by overriding selected declarations in the package, as described below.

3.5.7.2 Package Structure

The package module itself is version 1.0.0 of a package called http://example.com/csv-parser; it has the following structure:

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<xsl:package
   name="http://example.com/csv-parser"
   package-version="1.0.0"
   xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
   xmlns:xs="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema"
   xmlns:csv="http://example.com/csv"
   exclude-result-prefixes="xs csv"
   declared-modes="yes"
   version="3.0">

   <!--* Mode declarations ... *-->
   <!--* Variable declarations ... *-->
   <!--* Attribute-set declaration ... *-->
   <!--* Function declarations ... *-->
   <!--* Templates ... *-->

</xsl:package>

The contents of the package (represented here by comments) are described more fully below.

3.5.7.3 The csv:parse Function and its User-customization Hooks

The csv:parse function is final and cannot be overridden. As can be seen from the code below, it (1) parses its input parameter into lines, (2) calls function csv:preprocess-line on each line, then (3) applies the templates of mode csv:parse-line to the pre-processed value. The result is then (4) processed again by mode csv:post-process.

<xsl:function name="csv:parse" visibility="final">
    <xsl:param name="input" as="xs:string"/>   
    <xsl:variable name="result" as="element()">
        <csv>
            <xsl:apply-templates 
                select="(tokenize($input, $csv:line-separator) 
                        ! csv:preprocess-line(.))" 
                mode="csv:parse-line"/>
        </csv>
    </xsl:variable>
    <xsl:apply-templates select="$result" 
                         mode="csv:post-process"/>
</xsl:function>

The default code for this processing is given below. Each part of the processing except the first (the tokenization into lines) can be overridden by the user of the package.

3.5.7.4 Breaking the Input into Lines

The first user-customization hook is given by the global variable csv:line-separator, which specifies the line separator used to break the input string into lines. It can be overridden by the user if need be. The default declaration attempts to handle the line-separator sequences used by most common operating systems in text files:

<xsl:variable name="csv:line-separator" 
              as="xs:string" 
              select="'\r\n?|\n\r?'" 
              visibility="public"/>
3.5.7.5 Pre-processing the Lines

The function csv:preprocess-line calls normalize-space() on its argument:

<xsl:function name="csv:preprocess-line" 
                 as="xs:string?" 
                 visibility="public">
    <xsl:param name="line" as="xs:string"/>
    <xsl:sequence select="normalize-space($line)"/>
</xsl:function>

Because the function is declared public, it can be overridden by a user. (This might be necessary, for example, if whitespace within quoted strings needs to be preserved.)

3.5.7.6 The Mode csv:parse-line

By default, the mode csv:parse-line parses the current item (this will be one line of the input data) into fields, using mode csv:parse-field on the individual fields and (by default) wrapping the result in a row element.

The mode is declared with visibility="public" to allow it to be called from elsewhere and overridden:

<xsl:mode name="csv:parse-line" visibility="public"/>
<xsl:template match="." mode="csv:parse-line">
    <row>
        <xsl:apply-templates 
            select="tokenize(., $csv:field-separator)" 
            mode="csv:parse-field"/>
    </row>
</xsl:template>

This relies on the variable csv:field-separator, which is a comma by default but which can be overridden by the user to parse tab-separated data or data with other delimiters.

<xsl:variable name="csv:field-separator" 
              as="xs:string" 
              select="','" 
              visibility="public"/>

The default implementation of csv:parse-line does not handle occurrences of the field separator occurring within quoted strings. The user can add templates to the mode to provide that functionality.

3.5.7.7 Mode csv:parse-field

Mode csv:parse-field processes the current item as a field; by default it strips quotation marks from the value, calls the function csv:preprocess-field() on it, and wraps the result in a field element, which carries the attributes declared in the attribute set csv:field-attributes.

<xsl:template match="." 
              mode="csv:parse-field" 
              expand-text="yes">
    <xsl:variable name="string-body-pattern"
                  as="xs:string"
                  select="'([^' || $csv:validated-quote || ']*)'"/>
    <xsl:variable name="quoted-value"
                  as="xs:string"
                  select="$csv:validated-quote 
                          || $string-body-pattern 
                          || $csv:validated-quote"/>
    <xsl:variable name="unquoted-value"
                  as="xs:string"
                  select="'(.+)'"/>

    <field xsl:use-attribute-sets="csv:field-attributes">{
        csv:preprocess-field(
          replace(., 
                  $quoted-value || '|' || $unquoted-value, 
                  '$1$2'))
    }</field>
</xsl:template>

The attribute set csv:field-attributes includes, by default, a quoted attribute which has the values yes or no to show whether the input value was quoted or not.

<xsl:attribute-set name="csv:field-attributes" 
                   visibility="public">
    <xsl:attribute name="quoted" 
                   select="if (starts-with(., $csv:validated-quote)) 
                           then 'yes' 
                           else 'no'"/>
</xsl:attribute-set>

The mode csv:parse-field is declared with visibility="public" to allow it to be called from elsewhere and overridden; it specifies on-no-match="shallow-copy" so that any string not matching a template will simply be copied:

<xsl:mode name="csv:parse-field"
          on-no-match="shallow-copy" 
          visibility="public"/>
3.5.7.8 The csv:quote Variable

The variable csv:quote can be used to specify the character used in a particular input stream to quote values.

<xsl:variable name="csv:quote" 
              as="xs:string" 
              select="'&quot;'" 
              visibility="public"/>

The template given above assumes that the variable is one character long. To ensure that any overriding value of the variable is properly checked, references to the value use a second variable csv:validated-quote, which is declared private to ensure that the checking cannot be disabled.

<xsl:variable name="csv:validated-quote" visibility="private"
   as="xs:string" select="
       if (string-length($csv:quote) ne 1) 
       then error(xs:QName('csv:ERR001'), 
                  'Incorrect length for $csv:quote, should be 1') 
       else $csv:quote"/>

When the value of csv:quote is not exactly one character long, the reference to csv:validated-quote will cause an error (csv:ERR001) to be raised.

3.5.7.9 The csv:preprocess-field Function

The function csv:preprocess-field is called on each field after any quotation marks are stripped and before it is written out as the value of a field element:

<xsl:function name="csv:preprocess-field" 
              as="xs:string">
    <xsl:param name="field" 
               as="xs:string"/>
    <xsl:sequence select="$field"/>
</xsl:function>

As can be seen, the function does nothing but return its input; its only purpose is to provide the opportunity for the user to supply a suitable function to be invoked at this point in the processing of each field.

3.5.7.10 The Mode csv:post-process

The mode csv:post-process is intended solely as a hook for user code. By default, it does nothing.

The package defines no templates for this mode; the mode definition makes it return a copy of its input:

<xsl:mode name="csv:post-process" 
          on-no-match="shallow-copy" 
          visibility="public"/>
3.5.7.11 Overriding the Default Behavior

As can be seen from the code shown above, the package provides several opportunities for users to override the default behavior:

  • The global variables csv:line-separator, csv:field-separator, and csv:quote can be overridden to specify the character strings used to separate lines and fields and to quote individual field values.

  • The function csv:preprocess-line can be overridden to do more (or less) than stripping white space; the function csv:preprocess-field can be overridden to process individual field values.

  • Templates can be added to the modes csv:parse-line, csv:parse-field, and csv:post-process to change their behavior.

  • The attribute set csv:field-attributes can be overridden to specify a different set of attributes (or none) for field elements.

The following using stylesheet illustrates the use of the xsl:override element to take advantage of several of these opportunities:

<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
   xmlns:xs="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema"
   xmlns:csv="http://example.com/csv"
   exclude-result-prefixes="xs csv"
   version="3.0">

   <xsl:output indent="yes"/>

   <xsl:use-package name="http://example.com/csv-parser" 
                    package-version="*">
       <xsl:override>
           <!-- Change the root element from 'csv' to 'root' -->
           <xsl:template match="csv" mode="csv:post-process">
               <root>
                   <xsl:apply-templates mode="csv:post-process"/>
               </root>
           </xsl:template>

           <!-- add an extra attribute that uses the context item -->
           <xsl:attribute-set name="csv:field-attributes" 
                              use-attribute-sets="xsl:original">
               <xsl:attribute name="type" 
                              select="if (. castable as xs:decimal) 
                                      then 'numeric' 
                                      else 'string'"/>
           </xsl:attribute-set>          

           <!-- use semicolon not comma between fields -->
           <xsl:variable name="csv:field-separator" 
                         as="xs:string" select="';'" 
                         visibility="public"/>

           <!-- prevent empty rows from appearing with empty lines -->
           <xsl:function name="csv:preprocess-line" 
                         as="xs:string?" 
                         visibility="public">
               <xsl:param name="line" as="xs:string"/>
               <xsl:variable name="norm-line" 
                             select="normalize-space(xsl:original($line))"/>
               <xsl:sequence select="if (string-length($norm-line) > 0) 
                                     then $norm-line 
                                     else ()"/>
           </xsl:function>
       </xsl:override>
   </xsl:use-package>

   <!-- example input "file"  -->
   <xsl:variable name="input" as="xs:string">
       name;id;postal code
       "Braaksma Abel";34291;1210 KA
       "Berglund Anders";473892;9843 ZD
   </xsl:variable>

   <!-- entry point -->
   <xsl:template name="xsl:initial-template">
       <xsl:copy-of select="csv:parse($input)"/>
   </xsl:template>

</xsl:stylesheet>

Note:

  • As it does elsewhere, the visibility of components declared within xsl:override defaults to private; to keep the component public, it is necessary to specify visibility explicitly.

  • The types and optionality of all function parameters must match those of the function being overridden; for function overriding to be feasible, packages must document the function signature thoroughly.

  • The names, types, and optionality of all named-template parameters must match those of the template being overridden; for overriding to be feasible, packages must document the template signature thoroughly.

  • The values for the attributes in the attribute set csv:field-attributes are calculated once for each element for which the attribute set is supplied; the select attributes which determine the values can thus refer to the context item. Here, the value specification for the type attribute checks to see whether the string value of the context item is numeric by inquiring whether it can be cast to decimal, and sets the value for the type attribute accordingly.

The result returned by this stylesheet would be:

<root>
  <row>
    <field quoted="no" type="string">name</field>
    <field quoted="no" type="string">id</field>
    <field quoted="no" type="string">postal code</field>
  </row>
  <row>
    <field quoted="yes" type="string">Braaksma Abel</field>
    <field quoted="no" type="numeric">34291</field>
    <field quoted="no" type="string">1210 KA</field>
  </row>
  <row>
    <field quoted="yes" type="string">Berglund Anders</field>
    <field quoted="no" type="numeric">473892</field>
    <field quoted="no" type="string">9843 ZD</field>
  </row>
</root>

3.6 Stylesheet Modules

[Definition: A package consists of one or more stylesheet modules, each one forming all or part of an XML document.]

Note:

A stylesheet module is represented by an XDM element node (see [XDM 3.0]). In the case of a standard stylesheet module, this will be an xsl:stylesheet or xsl:transform element. In the case of a simplified stylesheet module, it can be any element (not in the XSLT namespace) that has an xsl:version attribute.

Although stylesheet modules will commonly be maintained in the form of documents conforming to XML 1.0 or XML 1.1, this specification does not mandate such a representation. As with source trees, the way in which stylesheet modules are constructed, from textual XML or otherwise, is outside the scope of this specification.

The principal stylesheet module of a package may take one of three forms:

A stylesheet module other than the principal stylesheet module of a package may take either of two forms:

Whichever of the above forms a module takes, the outermost element (xsl:package, xsl:stylesheet, or a literal result element) may either be the outermost element of an XML document, or it may be a child of some (non-XSLT) element in a host document.

[Definition: A stylesheet module whose outermost element is the child of a non-XSLT element in a host document is referred to as an embedded stylesheet module. See 3.12 Embedded Stylesheet Modules.]

3.7 Stylesheet Element

Changes in 4.0  

  1. A new attribute, main-module, is added to the xsl:stylesheet element. The attribute is provided for the benefit of development tools such as syntax-directed editors to provide information about all the components (variables, functions, etc) visible within a stylesheet module.   [Issue 87 PR 353 19 April 2023]

<xsl:stylesheet
  id? = id
  version = decimal
  default-mode? = eqname | "#unnamed"〔'#unnamed'〕
  default-validation? = "preserve" | "strip"〔'strip'〕
  input-type-annotations? = "preserve" | "strip" | "unspecified"〔'unspecified'〕
  default-collation? = uris
  extension-element-prefixes? = prefixes
  exclude-result-prefixes? = prefixes
  expand-text? = boolean
  fixed-namespaces? = string
  main-module? = uri
  use-when? = expression〔true()〕
  xpath-default-namespace? = uri >
  <!-- Content: (declarations) -->
</xsl:stylesheet>

<xsl:transform
  id? = id
  version = decimal
  default-mode? = eqname | "#unnamed"〔'#unnamed'〕
  default-validation? = "preserve" | "strip"〔'strip'〕
  input-type-annotations? = "preserve" | "strip" | "unspecified"〔'unspecified'〕
  default-collation? = uris
  extension-element-prefixes? = prefixes
  exclude-result-prefixes? = prefixes
  expand-text? = boolean〔'no'〕
  fixed-namespaces? = string
  main-module? = uri
  use-when? = expression〔true()〕
  xpath-default-namespace? = uri >
  <!-- Content: (declarations) -->
</xsl:transform>

A stylesheet module is represented by an xsl:stylesheet element in an XML document. xsl:transform is allowed as a synonym for xsl:stylesheet; everything this specification says about the xsl:stylesheet element applies equally to xsl:transform.

The version attribute indicates the version of XSLT that the stylesheet module requires. The attribute is required.

[ERR XTSE0110] The value of the version attribute must be a number: specifically, it must be a valid instance of the type xs:decimal as defined in [XML Schema Part 2].

The version attribute is intended to indicate the version of the XSLT specification against which the stylesheet is written. In a stylesheet written to use XSLT 4.0, the value should normally be set to 4.0. If the value is numerically less than 4.0, the stylesheet is processed using the rules for backwards compatible behavior (see 3.9 Backwards Compatible Processing). If the value is numerically greater than 4.0, the stylesheet is processed using the rules for forwards compatible behavior (see 3.10 Forwards Compatible Processing).

The effect of the input-type-annotations attribute is described in 4.3.1 Stripping Type Annotations from a Source Tree.

The [xsl:]default-validation attribute defines the default value of the validation attribute of all relevant instructions appearing within its scope. For details of the effect of this attribute, see 26.4 Validation.

The optional main-module attribute is purely documentary. By including this attribute in every stylesheet module of a package, an XSLT editing tool may be enabled to locate the top-level module of the relevant package, and thus to gather information about all the global variables, templates, and functions available within the module being edited. This information can be used (for example) to enable auto-completion and error highlighting of the code as it is entered. Note that it may be inconvenient or misleading to use this attribute when the stylesheet module is used as a shared component within multiple stylesheets.

[ERR XTSE0120] An xsl:stylesheet, xsl:transform, or xsl:package element must not have any text node children. (This rule applies after stripping of whitespace text nodes as described in 3.13.1 Stripping Whitespace and Commentary from the Stylesheet.)

[Definition: An element occurring as a child of an xsl:package, xsl:stylesheet, xsl:transform, or xsl:override element is called a top-level element.]

[Definition: Top-level elements fall into two categories: declarations, and user-defined data elements. Top-level elements whose names are in the XSLT namespace are declarations. Top-level elements in any other namespace are user-defined data elements (see 3.7.4 User-defined Data Elements)].

The declaration elements permitted in the xsl:stylesheet element are:

xsl:accumulator
xsl:attribute-set
xsl:character-map
xsl:decimal-format
xsl:function
xsl:global-context-item
xsl:import
xsl:import-schema
xsl:include
xsl:item-type
xsl:key
xsl:mode
xsl:namespace-alias
xsl:output
xsl:param
xsl:preserve-space
xsl:strip-space
xsl:template
xsl:use-package
xsl:variable

Note that the xsl:variable and xsl:param elements can act either as declarations or as instructions. A global variable or parameter is defined using a declaration; a local variable or parameter using an instruction.

The child elements of the xsl:stylesheet element may appear in any order. In most cases, the ordering of these elements does not affect the results of the transformation; however:

3.7.1 The fixed-namespaces Attribute

Changes in 4.0  

  1. The xsl:stylesheet, xsl:transform, or xsl:package element may have a fixed-namespaces attribute making it easier to have the same namespace declarations in force throughout a stylesheet.   [Issue 369 PR 470 29 November 2023]

The fixed-namespaces attribute, if present, defines the fixed namespace bindings for a stylesheet module. The attribute may appear only on the outermost element of a stylesheet module (xsl:stylesheet, xsl:transform, or xsl:package). It is not available with simplified stylesheet modules.

If the fixed-namespaces attribute is present, then it defines the entire set of namespace bindings present in the static context of XPath expressions and patterns within the stylesheet, as well as other constructs where namespace prefixes are used in attribute and text nodes, such as the name attribute of declarations like xsl:function and xsl:variable, and as and type attributes referring to item types and schema types.

The value of the attribute is a whitespace-separated list of tokens, where each token contributes one or more namespace bindings to the fixed namespace bindings of the stylesheet module. Each token must be one of the following. If a token falls into more than one of these categories, then the first one that applies takes precedence.

  • The string #standard, which is equivalent to specifying xsl xml xs xsi fn math map array err. This has the effect of binding each of these namespace prefixes to the reserved namespace with which it is conventionally associated.

  • An NCName corresponding to one of the namespace prefixes present in the in-scope namespaces of the containing element node. This has the effect of adding the corresponding namespace binding to the fixed namespace bindings.

  • Any one of the strings xsl, xml, xs, xsi, fn, math, map, array, err. This has the effect of binding that particular namespace prefix to the reserved namespace with which it is conventionally associated, whether or not the native namespace bindings contain a binding for this prefix.

    Note:

    Including xml in the list has no effect, since the XML namespace will always be in scope anyway.

    If the namespace prefix is explicitly bound to a different namespace, for example xmlns:math="java:java.util.Math", then that binding takes precedence.

  • A string in the form prefix=uri, where prefix is an NCName and uri is a (non-empty) namespace URI: for example, xalan=http://xml.apache.org/xalan. This has the effect of binding the specified prefix to the specified URI.

  • A URI Reference identifying the location of an XML document whose namespace bindings are to be used. For example, ./package.xsl. A token is interpreted as a URI if it does not match any of the other possibilities listed above (which will be the case if it contains a "/" as in this example).

    The URI Reference is used to locate an XML document, in the same way as described for xsl:include and xsl:import in 3.11.1 Locating Stylesheet Modules. The resource that is retrieved may be any namespace well-formed XML document. The in-scope namespace bindings of the outermost element of this document are added to the fixed namespace bindings of the stylesheet module.

    Note:

    Such URIs cannot contain whitespace.

If different tokens in the fixed-namespaces attribute result in multiple bindings for the same namespace prefix, the last one wins.

[ERR XTSE0122] It is a static error if a token appearing in the fixed-namespaces attribute takes a form that is not one of the permitted forms, or if it is interpreted as a URI but cannot be dereferenced to locate a namespace well-formed XML document. It is not permitted to bind the prefix xmlns. It is not permitted to bind the prefix xml or the XML namespace URI http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace, other than to each other.

The following observations apply when a fixed-namespaces attribute is present:

  • All expressions in the stylesheet module will have the same statically known namespacesXP40 in their static context. This means that all prefixes used in XPath expressions, patterns, and similar constructs must be declared at the top level.

  • Namespace prefixes used in element and attribute names in the stylesheet cannot be declared using this mechanism. Such prefixes must be bound using native namespace bindings. This also applies to namespace prefixes used in the [xsl:]exclude-result-prefixes and [xsl:]extension-element-prefixes attributes, and the stylesheet-prefix and result-prefix attributes of xsl:namespace-alias.

  • It is not an error for an element within a stylesheet module to rebind a prefix listed in the fixed-namespaces attribute to a different URI; however this rebinding has no effect on the static context of XPath expressions and other similar constructs within its scope.

  • The fixed-namespaces attribute has no effect on the interpretation of unprefixed names.

Note:

It is possible to use the fixed namespace bindings in other attributes of the xsl:stylesheet element, such as default-mode. It is also possible to use them in shadow attributes (see 3.13.4 Shadow Attributes).

It is possible for the fixed-namespaces attribute itself to be supplied as a shadow attribute (written with an underscore, _fixed-namespaces). It can then refer to static variables declared in an importing or including stylesheet module. This provides an alternative way of sharing common namespace bindings throughout a package.

Note:

The ability to fetch namespace bindings using a URI can be exploited in various ways:

  • Generally, the benefit is that it avoids repeating the same information in every stylesheet module, thereby reducing the amount of boilerplate code and keeping common information in a common place. This satisfies the DRY principle in software engineering: Don't Repeat Yourself.

  • The document identified by the URI may be a stylesheet module. One way to use the feature is to use the package manifest as the primary source for namespace bindings.

  • It is also possible to adopt the namespace bindings from a sample source document. For example, if it is known that the stylesheet is designed primarily to process documents whose first start tag takes the form:

    <w:document
      xmlns:wps="http://schemas.microsoft.com/office/word/2010/wordprocessingShape"
      xmlns:mc="http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/markup-compatibility/2006"
      xmlns:w="http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/wordprocessingml/2006/main">

    then these three namespace bindings may conveniently be copied to the stylesheet by referencing a sample document of this form.

    Note however, that only the namespace bindings from the outermost element of the document will be copied.

  • It is possible to supply multiple URIs to assemble namespace bindings from more than one source.

  • Namespace bindings taken from an external document may be overridden using a local declaration for the prefix. This must appear after the URI in the content of the fixed-namespaces attribute.

Note:

Using the fixed-namespaces attribute rather than native namespace bindings to bind namespaces has a number of potential benefits:

  • It reduces repetitive coding across stylesheet module boundaries, and thus eliminates a source of potential errors.

  • It ensures that all expressions in a stylesheet module have the same namespace bindings in their static context. This can reduce implementation overheads because it reduces the need to maintain the namespace context at the level of individual expressions through rewrites such as function inlining. With processors that compile stylesheets to a persistent executable form, it can contribute to a reduction in the size of compiled code.

  • Namespaces bound in this way will never accidentally leak into a result tree; there is no need to exclude them using [xsl:]exclude-result-prefixes.

  • Namespaces declared on literal result elements are used purely to define the namespace of elements and attributes within the result tree; they no longer leak into the static context used when evaluating XPath expressions.

3.7.2 The default-collation Attribute

The default-collation attribute is a standard attribute that may appear on any element in the XSLT namespace, or (as xsl:default-collation) on a literal result element.

The attribute, when it appears on an element E, is used to specify the default collation used by all XPath expressions appearing in attributes or text value templates that have E as an ancestor, unless overridden by another default-collation attribute on an inner element. It also determines the collation used by certain XSLT constructs (such as xsl:key and xsl:for-each-group) within its scope.

The value of the attribute is a whitespace-separated list of collation URIs. If any of these URIs is a relative URI reference, then it is resolved as described in Section 5.3.1 CollationsFO40.. If the implementation recognizes one or more of the resulting absolute collation URIs, then it uses the first one that it recognizes as the default collation.

[ERR XTSE0125] It is a static error if the value of an [xsl:]default-collation attribute, after resolving against the base URI, contains no URI that the implementation recognizes as a collation URI.

Note:

The reason the attribute allows a list of collation URIs is that collation URIs will often be meaningful only to one particular XSLT implementation. Stylesheets designed to run with several different implementations can therefore specify several different collation URIs, one for use with each. To avoid the above error condition, it is possible to include as the last collation URI in the list either the Unicode Codepoint Collation or a collation in the UCA family (see 13.4 The Unicode Collation Algorithm) with the parameter fallback=yes.

The [xsl:]default-collation attribute does not affect the collation used by xsl:sort or by xsl:merge.

In the absence of an [xsl:]default-collation attribute, the default collation may be set by the calling application in an implementation-defined way. The recommended default, unless the user chooses otherwise, is to use the Unicode codepoint collation.

3.7.3 The default-mode Attribute

The [xsl:]default-mode attribute defines the default value for the mode attribute of all xsl:template and xsl:apply-templates elements within its scope.

More specifically, when an element E matches the pattern (xsl:template[@match] | xsl:apply-templates)[not(@mode) or normalize-space(@mode) eq "#default"] (using the Unicode codepoint collation), then the effective value of the mode attribute is taken from the value of the [xsl:]default-mode attribute of the innermost ancestor-or-self element of E that has such an attribute. If there is no such element, then the default is the unnamed mode. This is equivalent to specifying #unnamed.

In addition, when the attribute appears on the xsl:package, xsl:stylesheet, or xsl:transform element of the principal stylesheet module of the top-level package, it provides a default value for the initial mode used on stylesheet invocation.

The value of the [xsl:]default-mode attribute must either be an EQName, or the token #unnamed which refers to the unnamed mode.

Note:

This attribute is provided to support an approach to stylesheet modularity in which all the template rules for one mode are collected together into a single stylesheet module. Using this attribute reduces the risk of forgetting to specify the mode in one or more places where it is needed, and it also makes it easier to reuse an existing stylesheet module that does not use modes in an application where modes are needed to avoid conflicts with existing template rules.

It is not necessary for the referenced mode to be explicitly declared in an xsl:mode declaration, unless this is mandated by the declared-modes attribute (which defaults to yes on an xsl:package element).

3.7.4 User-defined Data Elements

[Definition: In addition to declarations, the xsl:stylesheet element may contain among its children any element not from the XSLT namespace, provided that the expanded QName of the element has a non-null namespace URI. Such elements are referred to as user-defined data elements.]

[ERR XTSE0130] It is a static error if an xsl:stylesheet, xsl:transform, or xsl:package element has a child element whose name has a null namespace URI.

An implementation may attach an implementation-defined meaning to user-defined data elements that appear in particular namespaces. The set of namespaces that are recognized for such data elements is implementation-defined. The presence of a user-defined data element must not change the behavior of XSLT elements and functions defined in this document; for example, it is not permitted for a user-defined data element to specify that xsl:apply-templates should use different rules to resolve conflicts. The constraints on what user-defined data elements can and cannot do are exactly the same as the constraints on extension attributes, described in 3.2 Extension Attributes. Thus, an implementation is always free to ignore user-defined data elements, and must ignore such data elements without giving an error if it does not recognize the namespace URI.

User-defined data elements can provide, for example,

3.8 Simplified Stylesheet Modules

Changes in 4.0  

  1. Simplified stylesheets no longer require an xsl:version attribute (which means they might not need a declaration of the XSLT namespace). Unless otherwise specified, a 4.0 simplified stylesheet defaults expand-text to true.   [Issue 90 PR 599 12 September 2023]

A simplified syntax is allowed for a stylesheet module that defines only a single template rule for the document node. The stylesheet module may consist of just a literal result element (see 11.1 Literal Result Elements) together with its contents. Such a stylesheet module is equivalent to a standard stylesheet module whose xsl:stylesheet element contains a template rule containing the literal result element; the template rule has a match pattern of /.

Example: A Simplified Stylesheet

The following example shows a stylesheet that simply evaluates one XPath expression:

<out>{count(//*)}</out>

The output of the stylesheet will be an XML document such as <out>17</out> showing the number of elements found in the supplied source document.

This simplified stylesheet is defined to be equivalent to the following expanded stylesheet:

<xsl:stylesheet xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
                  version="4.0" expand-text="yes">
    <xsl:template match="/">
        <out>{count(//*)}</out>
    </xsl:template>
</xsl:stylesheet>

A simplified stylesheet can contain XSLT instructions, in which case the XSLT namespace needs to be declared. This is illustrated in the next example.

Example: A Simplified Stylesheet Containing XSLT Instructions

This stylesheet outputs an HTML document containing a table that summarizes the value of transactions according to their rate of tax:

<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
      xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
      xsl:version="4.0">
  <head>
    <title>Expenditure by Tax Rate</title>
  </head>
  <body>
    <table>
      <thead>
        <tr>
           <th>Gross Amount</th>
           <th>Tax Rate</th>
        </tr>
      </thead>
      <tbody>
        <xsl:for-each-group select="//transaction" group-by="vat-rate">
          <tr>
            <td>{sum(current-group()/value)}</td>
            <td>{current-grouping-key()}</td>
          </tr>
        </xsl:for-each-group>
      </tbody>
    </table>
  </body>
</html>

Note that it is not possible, in a simplified stylesheet, to define serialization properties (for example to request a DOCTYPE declaration). A processor may offer a way to do this using options in the transformation API.

More formally, a simplified stylesheet module is equivalent to the standard stylesheet module that would be generated by applying the following transformation to the simplified stylesheet module, invoking the transformation by calling the named templateexpand, with the containing literal result element as the context node:

<xsl:stylesheet version="4.0"
                xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform">

<xsl:template name="expand">
  <xsl:element name="xsl:stylesheet">
    <xsl:attribute name="version" select="@xsl:version otherwise '4.0'"/>
    <xsl:attribute name="expand-text" 
                   select="not(number(@xsl:version) le 3.0)"/>
    <xsl:element name="xsl:template">
      <xsl:attribute name="match" select="'/'"/>
      <xsl:copy-of select="."/>
    </xsl:element>
  </xsl:element>
</xsl:template>  

</xsl:stylesheet>

The allowed content of a literal result element when used as a simplified stylesheet is the same as when it occurs within a sequence constructor. Thus, a literal result element used as the document element of a simplified stylesheet cannot contain declarations. Simplified stylesheets therefore cannot use template rules, global variables, stylesheet parameters, stylesheet functions, keys, attribute-sets, or output definitions. In turn this means that the only useful way to initiate the transformation is to supply a document node as the initial match selection, to be matched by the implicit match="/" template rule using the unnamed mode.

Note:

There are two significant changes to simplified stylesheets in XSLT 4.0.

  1. It is no longer required to include an xsl:version attribute; this in turn means it is often no longer necessary to declare the xsl namespace. The xsl:version attribute defaults to the version of the XSLT processor, that is, "4.0" for an XSLT 4.0 processor.

  2. If the xsl:version attribute is omitted, or is set to "4.0" or a larger value, then the expand-text attribute defaults to true, meaning that text value templates are recognized.

3.9 Backwards Compatible Processing

[Definition: The effective version of an element in a stylesheet module or package manifest is the decimal value of the [xsl:]version attribute (see 3.4 Standard Attributes) on that element or on the innermost ancestor element that has such an attribute, subject to special rules for the xsl:output and xsl:fallback elements.]

These rules do not apply to the xsl:output element, whose version attribute has an entirely different purpose: it is used to define the version of the output method to be used for serialization. The effective version of an xsl:output element is the effective version of its parent element.

There are additional rules for an xsl:fallback element: see 3.10 Forwards Compatible Processing.

[Definition: An element is processed with backwards compatible behavior if its effective version is less than 4.0.]

Specifically:

  • If the effective version is equal to 1.0, then the element is processed with XSLT 1.0 behavior as described in 3.9.1 XSLT 1.0 Compatibility Mode.

  • If the effective version is equal to 2.0, then the element is processed with XSLT 2.0 behavior as described in 3.9.2 XSLT 2.0 Compatibility Mode.

  • If the effective version is equal to 3.0, then the element is processed with XSLT 3.0 behavior as described in 3.9.3 XSLT 3.0 Compatibility Mode.

  • If the effective version is any other value less than 4.0, the recommended action is to raise a static error; however, processors may recognize such values and process the element in an implementation-defined way.

    Note:

    XSLT 1.0 allowed the version attribute to take any decimal value, and invoked forwards compatible processing for any value other than 1.0. XSLT 2.0 allowed the attribute to take any decimal value, and invoked backwards compatible (i.e. 1.0-compatible) processing for any value less than 2.0. Some stylesheets may therefore be encountered that use values other than 1.0 or 2.0. In particular, the value 1.1 is sometimes encountered, as it was used at one stage in a draft language proposal.

It is implementation-defined whether a particular XSLT 4.0 implementation supports backwards compatible behavior for any XSLT version earlier than XSLT 4.0.

[ERR XTDE0160] It is a dynamic error if an element has an effective version of V (with V < 4.0) when the implementation does not support backwards compatible behavior for XSLT version V.

Note:

By making use of backwards compatible behavior, it is possible to write the stylesheet in a way that ensures that its results when processed with an XSLT 4.0 processor are identical to the effects of processing the same stylesheet using a processor for an earlier version of XSLT. To assist with transition, some parts of a stylesheet may be processed with backwards compatible behavior enabled, and other parts with this behavior disabled.

All data values manipulated by an XSLT 4.0 processor are defined by the XDM data model, whether or not the relevant expressions use backwards compatible behavior. Because the same data model is used in both cases, expressions are fully composable. The result of evaluating instructions or expressions with backwards compatible behavior is fully defined in the XSLT 4.0 and XPath 4.0 specifications, it is not defined by reference to earlier versions of the XSLT and XPath specifications.

To write a stylesheet that makes use of features that are new in version N, while also working with a processor that only supports XSLT version M (M < N), it is necessary to understand both the rules for backwards compatible behavior in XSLT version N, and the rules for forwards compatible behavior in XSLT version M. If the xsl:stylesheet element specifies a version attribute with a value greater than 1.0, then an XSLT 1.0 processor will ignore declarations that were not defined in XSLT 1.0, for example xsl:function, xsl:import-schema, and xsl:mode. If any new XSLT 4.0 instructions are used (for example xsl:switch or xsl:array), or if new XPath 4.0 features are used (for example, keyword arguments in function calls), then the stylesheet must provide fallback behavior that relies only on facilities available in the earliest XSLT version supported. The fallback behavior can be invoked by using the xsl:fallback instruction, or by testing the results of the function-available or element-available functions, or by testing the value of the xsl:version property returned by the system-property function.

3.9.1 XSLT 1.0 Compatibility Mode

[Definition: An element in the stylesheet is processed with XSLT 1.0 behavior if its effective version is equal to 1.0.]

In this mode, if any attribute contains an XPath expression, then the expression is evaluated with XPath 1.0 compatibility mode set to true. For details of this mode, see Section 2.2.1 Static ContextXP40. Expressions contained in text value templates are always evaluated with XPath 1.0 compatibility mode set to false, since this construct was not available in XSLT 1.0.

Furthermore, in such an expression any function call for which no implementation is available (unless it uses the standard function namespace) is bound to a fallback error function whose effect when evaluated is to raise a dynamic error [see ERR XTDE1425] . The effect is that with backwards compatible behavior enabled, calls on extension functions that are not available in a particular implementation do not cause an error unless the function call is actually evaluated. For further details, see 25.1 Extension Functions.

Note:

This might appear to contradict the specification of XPath 3.0, which states that a static error [XPST0017] is raised when an expression contains a call to a function that is not present (with matching name and arity) in the static context. This apparent contradiction is resolved by specifying that the XSLT processor constructs a static context for the expression in which every possible function name and arity (other than names in the standard function namespace) is present; when no other implementation of the function is available, the function call is bound to a fallback error function whose run-time effect is to raise a dynamic error.

Certain XSLT constructs also produce different results when XSLT 1.0 compatibility mode is enabled. This is described separately for each such construct.

Processing an instruction with XSLT 1.0 behavior is not compatible with streaming. More specifically, and notwithstanding anything stated in 19 Streamability, an instruction that is processed with XSLT 1.0 behavior is roaming and free-ranging, which has the effect that any construct containing such an instruction is not guaranteed-streamable.

3.9.2 XSLT 2.0 Compatibility Mode

[Definition: An element is processed with XSLT 2.0 behavior if its effective version is equal to 2.0.]

In this specification, no differences are defined for XSLT 2.0 behavior. An XSLT 4.0 processor will therefore produce the same results whether the effective version of an element is set to 2.0 or 4.0.

Note:

An XSLT 2.0 processor, by contrast, will in some cases produce different results in the two cases. For example, if the stylesheet contains an xsl:switch instruction with an xsl:fallback child, an XSLT 4.0 processor will process the xsl:switch instruction regardless whether the effective version is 2.0, 3.0, or 4.0, while an XSLT 2.0 processor will raise a static error if the effective version is 2.0, and will take the fallback action if the effective version is 3.0 or 4.0.

3.9.3 XSLT 3.0 Compatibility Mode

[Definition: An element is processed with XSLT 3.0 behavior if its effective version is equal to 3.0.]

In this specification, no differences are defined for XSLT 3.0 behavior. An XSLT 4.0 processor will therefore produce the same results whether the effective version of an element is set to 3.0 or 4.0.

Note:

An XSLT 3.0 processor, by contrast, will in some cases produce different results in the two cases. For example, if the stylesheet contains an xsl:switch instruction with an xsl:fallback child, an XSLT 4.0 processor will process the xsl:switch instruction regardless whether the effective version is 2.0, 3.0, or 4.0, while an XSLT 3.0 processor will raise a static error if the effective version is 2.0 or 3.0, and will take the fallback action if the effective version is 4.0.

3.10 Forwards Compatible Processing

The intent of forwards compatible behavior is to make it possible to write a stylesheet that takes advantage of features introduced in some version of XSLT subsequent to XSLT 4.0, while retaining the ability to execute the stylesheet with an XSLT 4.0 processor using appropriate fallback behavior.

It is always possible to write conditional code to run under different XSLT versions by using the use-when feature described in 3.13.3 Conditional Element Inclusion. The rules for forwards compatible behavior supplement this mechanism in two ways:

  • Certain constructs in the stylesheet that mean nothing to an XSLT 4.0 processor are ignored, rather than being treated as errors.

  • Explicit fallback behavior can be defined for instructions defined in a future XSLT release, using the xsl:fallback instruction.

The detailed rules follow.

[Definition: An element is processed with forwards compatible behavior if its effective version is greater than 4.0.]

These rules do not apply to the version attribute of the xsl:output element, which has an entirely different purpose: it is used to define the version of the output method to be used for serialization.

When an element is processed with forwards compatible behavior:

  • If the element is in the XSLT namespace and appears as a child of the xsl:stylesheet element, and XSLT 4.0 does not allow the element to appear as a child of the xsl:stylesheet element, then the element and its content must be ignored.

  • If the element has an attribute that XSLT 4.0 does not allow the element to have, then the attribute must be ignored.

  • If the element is in the XSLT namespace and appears as a child of an element whose content model requires a sequence constructor, and XSLT 4.0 does not allow such elements to appear as part of a sequence constructor, then:

    1. If the element has one or more xsl:fallback children, then no error is raised either statically or dynamically, and the result of evaluating the instruction is the concatenation of the sequences formed by evaluating the sequence constructors within its xsl:fallback children, in document order. Siblings of the xsl:fallback elements are ignored, even if they are valid XSLT 4.0 instructions.

    2. If the element has no xsl:fallback children, then a static error is raised in the same way as if forwards compatible behavior were not enabled.

Example: Forwards Compatible Behavior

For example, an XSLT 4.0 processor will process the following stylesheet without error, although the stylesheet includes elements from the XSLT namespace that are not defined in this specification:

<xsl:stylesheet version="17.0"
                xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform">
  <xsl:template match="/">
    <xsl:exciting-new-17.0-feature>
      <xsl:fly-to-the-moon/>
      <xsl:fallback>
        <html>
          <head>
            <title>XSLT 17.0 required</title>
          </head>
          <body>
            <p>Sorry, this stylesheet requires XSLT 17.0.</p>
          </body>
        </html>
      </xsl:fallback>
    </xsl:exciting-new-17.0-feature>
  </xsl:template>
</xsl:stylesheet>

Note:

If a stylesheet depends crucially on a declaration introduced by a version of XSLT after 4.0, then the stylesheet can use an xsl:message element with terminate="yes" (see 24.1 Messages) to ensure that implementations that conform to an earlier version of XSLT will not silently ignore the declaration.

Example: Testing the XSLT Version

For example,

<xsl:stylesheet version="18.0"
                xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform">

  <xsl:important-new-17.0-declaration/>

  <xsl:template match="/">
    <xsl:choose>
      <xsl:when test="number(system-property('xsl:version')) lt 17.0">
        <xsl:message terminate="yes">
          <xsl:text>Sorry, this stylesheet requires XSLT 17.0.</xsl:text>
        </xsl:message>
      </xsl:when>
      <xsl:otherwise>
        ...
      </xsl:otherwise>
    </xsl:choose>
  </xsl:template>
  ...
</xsl:stylesheet>

Note:

The XSLT 1.0 and XSLT 2.0 specifications did not anticipate the introduction of the xsl:package element. An XSLT 1.0 or 2.0 processor encountering this element will raise a static error, regardless of the version setting.

This problem can be circumvented by using the simplified package syntax (whereby an xsl:stylesheet element is implicitly treated as xsl:package), or by writing the stylesheet code in a separate module from the package manifest, and using the separate module as the version of the stylesheet that is presented to a 2.0 processor.

For an XSLT 4.0 processor, the effective version of an xsl:fallback element that has no explicit version attribute is 4.0: more generally, it is the version of XSLT supported by the processor. This rule is designed to ensure that the xsl:fallback element itself is not processed with forwards compatible behavior, which would be pointless since the whole purpose of the instruction is to provide code that can be evaluated with an earlier version of XSLT.

Note:

This rule was not present in earlier versions of this specification. On a strict reading of the XSLT 3.0 specification, for example, an xsl:fallback instruction with no version attribute is evaluated with forwards compatible behavior. This means, for example, that if the stylesheet author writes <xsl:fallback select="42"/> (which is incorrect, because the instruction does not define a select attribute) then the select attribute will simply be ignored.

Stylesheet authors can prevent this problem by adding an explicit version attribute to xsl:fallback indicating the version of XSLT that is needed to evaluate the fallback code.

This specification cannot retrospectively dictate what XSLT 3.0 (or earlier) processors should do; however, developers of such processors are encouraged to adopt this rule, so that in an XSLT 4.0 stylesheet, an xsl:fallback instruction that cannot be properly evaluated by an XSLT 3.0 processor is rejected rather than being silently ignored.

3.11 Combining Stylesheet Modules

XSLT provides two mechanisms to construct a package from multiple stylesheet modules:

  • an inclusion mechanism that allows stylesheet modules to be combined without changing the semantics of the modules being combined, and

  • an import mechanism that allows stylesheet modules to override each other.

3.11.1 Locating Stylesheet Modules

The include and import mechanisms use two declarations, xsl:include and xsl:import, which are defined in the sections that follow.

These declarations use an href attribute, whose value is a URI reference, to identify the stylesheet module to be included or imported. If the value of this attribute is a relative URI reference, it is resolved as described in 5.9 URI References.

After resolving against the base URI, the way in which the URI reference is used to locate a representation of a stylesheet module, and the way in which the stylesheet module is constructed from that representation, are implementation-defined. In particular, it is implementation-defined which URI schemes are supported, whether fragment identifiers are supported, and what media types are supported. Conventionally, the URI is a reference to a resource containing the stylesheet module as a source XML document, or it may include a fragment identifier that selects an embedded stylesheet module within a source XML document; but the implementation is free to use other mechanisms to locate the stylesheet module identified by the URI reference.

The referenced stylesheet modulemust be either a standard stylesheet module or a simplified stylesheet. It must not be a package manifest. If it is a simplified stylesheet module then it is transformed into the equivalent standard stylesheet module by applying the transformation described in 3.8 Simplified Stylesheet Modules.

Implementations may choose to accept URI references containing a fragment identifier defined by reference to the XPointer specification (see [XPointer Framework]). Note that if the implementation does not support the use of fragment identifiers in the URI reference, then it will not be possible to include an embedded stylesheet module.

[ERR XTSE0165] It is a static error if the processor is not able to retrieve the resource identified by the URI reference, or if the resource that is retrieved does not contain a stylesheet module.

Note:

It is appropriate to use this error code when the resource cannot be retrieved, or when the retrieved resource is not well formed XML. If the resource contains XML that can be parsed but that violates the rules for stylesheet modules, then a more specific error code may be more appropriate.

3.11.2 Stylesheet Inclusion

<!-- Category: declaration -->
<xsl:include
  href = uri />

A stylesheet module may include another stylesheet module using an xsl:include declaration.

The xsl:include declaration has a requiredhref attribute whose value is a URI reference identifying the stylesheet module to be included. This attribute is used as described in 3.11.1 Locating Stylesheet Modules.

[ERR XTSE0170] An xsl:include element must be a top-level element.

[Definition: A stylesheet level is a collection of stylesheet modules connected using xsl:include declarations: specifically, two stylesheet modules A and B are part of the same stylesheet level if one of them includes the other by means of an xsl:include declaration, or if there is a third stylesheet module C that is in the same stylesheet level as both A and B.]

Note:

A stylesheet level thus groups the declarations in a package by import precedence: two declarations within a package are in the same stylesheet level if and only if they have the same import precedence.

[Definition: The declarations within a stylesheet level have a total ordering known as declaration order. The order of declarations within a stylesheet level is the same as the document order that would result if each stylesheet module were inserted textually in place of the xsl:include element that references it.] In other respects, however, the effect of xsl:include is not equivalent to the effect that would be obtained by textual inclusion.

[ERR XTSE0180] It is a static error if a stylesheet module directly or indirectly includes itself.

Note:

It is not intrinsically an error for a stylesheet to include the same module more than once. However, doing so can cause errors because of duplicate definitions. Such multiple inclusions are less obvious when they are indirect. For example, if stylesheet B includes stylesheet A, stylesheet C includes stylesheet A, and stylesheet D includes both stylesheet B and stylesheet C, then A will be included indirectly by D twice. If all of B, C and D are used as independent stylesheets, then the error can be avoided by separating everything in B other than the inclusion of A into a separate stylesheet B′ and changing B to contain just inclusions of B′ and A, similarly for C, and then changing D to include A, B′, C′.

3.11.3 Stylesheet Import

<!-- Category: declaration -->
<xsl:import
  href = uri />

A stylesheet module may import another stylesheet module using an xsl:importdeclaration. Importing a stylesheet module is the same as including it (see 3.11.2 Stylesheet Inclusion) except that template rules and other declarations in the importing module take precedence over template rules and declarations in the imported module; this is described in more detail below.

The xsl:import declaration has a requiredhref attribute whose value is a URI reference identifying the stylesheet module to be included. This attribute is used as described in 3.11.1 Locating Stylesheet Modules.

[ERR XTSE0190] An xsl:import element must be a top-level element.

Example: Using xsl:import

For example,

<xsl:stylesheet version="3.0"
                xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform">
  <xsl:import href="article.xsl"/>
  <xsl:import href="bigfont.xsl"/>
  <xsl:attribute-set name="note-style">
    <xsl:attribute name="font-style">italic</xsl:attribute>
  </xsl:attribute-set>
</xsl:stylesheet>

[Definition: The stylesheet levels making up a stylesheet are treated as forming an import tree. In the import tree, each stylesheet level has one child for each xsl:import declaration that it contains.] The ordering of the children is the declaration order of the xsl:import declarations within their stylesheet level.

[Definition: A declarationD in the stylesheet is defined to have lower import precedence than another declaration E if the stylesheet level containing D would be visited before the stylesheet level containing E in a post-order traversal of the import tree (that is, a traversal of the import tree in which a stylesheet level is visited after its children). Two declarations within the same stylesheet level have the same import precedence.]

For example, suppose

  • stylesheet module A imports stylesheet modules B and C in that order;

  • stylesheet module B imports stylesheet module D;

  • stylesheet module C imports stylesheet module E.

Then the import tree has the following structure:

gd6e11437Ad6e11438Bd6e11437->d6e11438d6e11440Cd6e11437->d6e11440d6e11439Dd6e11438->d6e11439d6e11441Ed6e11440->d6e11441

The order of import precedence (lowest first) is D, B, E, C, A.

In general, a declaration with higher import precedence takes precedence over a declaration with lower import precedence. This is defined in detail for each kind of declaration.

[ERR XTSE0210] It is a static error if a stylesheet module directly or indirectly imports itself.

Note:

The case where a stylesheet module with a particular URI is imported several times is not treated specially. The effect is exactly the same as if several stylesheet modules with different URIs but identical content were imported. This might or might not cause an error, depending on the content of the stylesheet module.

3.12 Embedded Stylesheet Modules

An embedded stylesheet module is a stylesheet module whose containing element is not the outermost element of the containing XML document. Both standard stylesheet modules and simplified stylesheet modules may be embedded in this way.

Two situations where embedded stylesheets may be useful are:

  • The stylesheet may be embedded in the source document to be transformed.

  • The stylesheet may be embedded in an XML document that describes a sequence of processing of which the XSLT transformation forms just one part.

The xsl:stylesheet element may have an id attribute to facilitate reference to the stylesheet module within the containing document.

Note:

In order for such an attribute value to be used as a fragment identifier in a URI, the XDM attribute node must generally have the is-id property: see Section 5.5 is-id Accessor DM30. This property will typically be set if the attribute is defined in a DTD as being of type ID, or if it is defined in a schema as being of type xs:ID. It is also necessary that the media type of the containing document should support the use of ID values as fragment identifiers. Such support is widespread in existing products, and is endorsed in respect of the media type application/xml by [RFC7303].

An alternative, if the implementation supports it, is to use an xml:id attribute. XSLT allows this attribute (like other namespaced attributes) to appear on any XSLT element.

Example: The xml-stylesheet Processing Instruction

The following example shows how the xml-stylesheet processing instruction (see [XML Stylesheet]) can be used to allow a source document to contain its own stylesheet. The URI reference uses a fragment identifier to locate the xsl:stylesheet element:

<?xml-stylesheet type="application/xslt+xml" href="#style1"?>
<!DOCTYPE doc SYSTEM "doc.dtd">
<doc>
  <head>
    <xsl:stylesheet id="style1"
                    version="3.0"
                    xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
                    xmlns:fo="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Format">
    <xsl:import href="doc.xsl"/>
    <xsl:template match="id('foo')">
      <fo:block font-weight="bold"><xsl:apply-templates/></fo:block>
    </xsl:template>
    <xsl:template match="xsl:stylesheet">
      <!-- ignore -->
    </xsl:template>
    </xsl:stylesheet>
  </head>
  <body>
    <para id="foo">
    ...
    </para>
  </body>
</doc>

Note:

A stylesheet module that is embedded in the document to which it is to be applied typically needs to contain a template rule that specifies that xsl:stylesheet elements are to be ignored.

Note:

The above example uses the pseudo-attribute type="application/xslt+xml" in the xml-stylesheet processing instruction to denote an XSLT stylesheet. This is the officially registered media type for XSLT: see 3.3 XSLT Media Type. However, browsers developed before this media type was registered are more likely to accept the unofficial designation type="text/xsl".

Note:

Support for the xml-stylesheet processing instruction is not required for conformance with this Recommendation. Implementations are not constrained in the mechanisms they use to identify a stylesheet when a transformation is initiated: see 2.3 Initiating a Transformation.

3.13 Stylesheet Preprocessing

This specification provides three features that cause the raw stylesheet to be preprocessed as the first stage of static processing:

Note that many of the rules affecting the validity of stylesheet documents apply to a stylesheet after this preprocessing phase has been carried out.

3.13.1 Stripping Whitespace and Commentary from the Stylesheet

The tree representing the stylesheet is preprocessed as follows:

  1. All comments and processing instructions are removed.

  2. All xsl:note elements are removed, together with their content (see 3.13.2 The xsl:note element).

  3. Any text nodes that are now adjacent to each other are merged.

  4. Any whitespace text node that satisfies both the following conditions is removed from the tree:

    • The parent of the text node is not an xsl:text element

    • The text node does not have an ancestor element that has an xml:space attribute with a value of preserve, unless there is a closer ancestor element having an xml:space attribute with a value of default.

  5. Any whitespace text node whose parent is one of the following elements is removed from the tree, regardless of any xml:space attributes:

    xsl:accumulator
    xsl:analyze-string
    xsl:apply-imports
    xsl:apply-templates
    xsl:attribute-set
    xsl:call-template
    xsl:character-map
    xsl:choose
    xsl:evaluate
    xsl:fork
    xsl:merge
    xsl:merge-source
    xsl:mode
    xsl:next-iteration
    xsl:next-match
    xsl:override
    xsl:package
    xsl:stylesheet
    xsl:switch
    xsl:transform
    xsl:use-package

  6. Any whitespace text node whose immediate following-sibling node is an xsl:param or xsl:sort or xsl:context-item or xsl:on-completion element is removed from the tree, regardless of any xml:space attributes.

  7. Any whitespace text node whose immediate preceding-sibling node is an xsl:catch element is removed from the tree, regardless of any xml:space attributes.

[ERR XTSE0260] Within an XSLT element that is required to be empty, any content other than comments or processing instructions, including any whitespace text node preserved using the xml:space="preserve" attribute, is a static error.

Note:

Using xml:space="preserve" in parts of the stylesheet that contain sequence constructors will cause whitespace text nodes in that part of the stylesheet to be copied to the result of the sequence constructor. When the result of the sequence constructor is used to form the content of an element, this can cause errors if such text nodes are followed by attribute nodes generated using xsl:attribute.

Note:

If an xml:space attribute is specified on a literal result element, it will be copied to the result tree in the same way as any other attribute.

3.13.2 The xsl:note element

Changes in 4.0  

  1. A new element xsl:note is available for documentation and similar purposes: it can appear anywhere in the stylesheet and is ignored by the XSLT processor.   [Issue 109 PR 353 19 April 2023]

An xsl:note element may appear anywhere in the stylesheet, except as the outermost element.

<xsl:note
  #any#? = string >
  <!-- Content: any -->
</xsl:note>

The element may have any attributes and any children, subject only to rules imposed by other specifications such as the XML specification. The XSLT processor discards xsl:note elements at an early stage of processing, without performing any validation, as described in 3.13.1 Stripping Whitespace and Commentary from the Stylesheet.

An xsl:note element is typically used for documentation. The format of this documentation is not prescribed here: it might be free text, or XHTML, or some custom vocabulary understood by a free-standing documentation generator.

An xsl:note element might also be used for “commenting out” XSLT declarations or instructions.

Note:

A number of documentation processors have been produced for use with XSLT, and the general convention has been to use user-defined data elements for this purpose. This approach has its drawbacks:

  • Annotations can only appear at the top level of the stylesheet (between declarations, but not within declarations). Extension instructions can also potentially be used as annotations, but this abuses their intended purpose and may create an unwanted dependency on a specific processor.

  • Annotations require a custom namespace to be declared, typically on the xsl:stylesheet element, and this namespace becomes part of the static context for all expressions within the stylesheet, thus changing (if only very slightly) the semantics of the stylesheet code. This is true even if the namespace is excluded from the result tree by means of an [xsl:]exclude-result-prefixes attribute.

Implementations must not interpret the contents of an xsl:note element to modify the behavior of the stylesheet in any way, whether or not the resulting behavior remains conformant with this specification.

Note:

For example, xsl:note elements must not be used to provide processor-specific performance hints. There are better mechanisms for this, such as user-defined data elements and extension attributes.

3.13.3 Conditional Element Inclusion

Any element in the XSLT namespace may have a use-when attribute whose value is an XPath expression that can be evaluated statically. A literal result element, or any other element within a stylesheet module that is not in the XSLT namespace, may similarly carry an xsl:use-when attribute. If the attribute is present and the effective boolean valueXP40 of the expression is false, then the element, together with all the nodes having that element as an ancestor, is effectively excluded from the stylesheet module. When a node is effectively excluded from a stylesheet module the stylesheet module has the same effect as if the node were not there. Among other things this means that no static or dynamic errors will be raised in respect of the element and its contents, other than errors in the use-when attribute itself.

Note:

This does not apply to XML parsing or validation errors, which will be raised in the usual way. It also does not apply to attributes that are necessarily processed before [xsl:]use-when, examples being xml:space and [xsl:]xpath-default-namespace.

If the xsl:package, xsl:stylesheet or xsl:transform element itself is effectively excluded, the effect is to exclude all the children of the xsl:stylesheet or xsl:transform element, but not the xsl:stylesheet or xsl:transform element or its attributes.

Note:

This allows all the declarations that depend on the same condition to be included in one stylesheet module, and for their inclusion or exclusion to be controlled by a single use-when attribute at the level of the module.

Conditional element exclusion happens after stripping of whitespace text nodes from the stylesheet, as described in 3.13.1 Stripping Whitespace and Commentary from the Stylesheet.

The XPath expression used as the value of the xsl:use-when attribute follows the rules for static expressions, including the rules for handling errors.

The use of [xsl:]use-when is illustrated in the following examples.

Example: Using Conditional Exclusion to Achieve Portability

This example demonstrates the use of the use-when attribute to achieve portability of a stylesheet across schema-aware and non-schema-aware processors.

<xsl:import-schema schema-location="http://example.com/schema"
              use-when="system-property('xsl:is-schema-aware')='yes'"/>

<xsl:template match="/" 
              use-when="system-property('xsl:is-schema-aware')='yes'" 
              priority="2">
  <xsl:result-document validation="strict">
    <xsl:apply-templates/>
  </xsl:result-document>
</xsl:template>

<xsl:template match="/">
  <xsl:apply-templates/>
</xsl:template>

The effect of these declarations is that a non-schema-aware processor ignores the xsl:import-schema declaration and the first template rule, and therefore raises no errors in respect of the schema-related constructs in these declarations.

 

Example: Including Variant Stylesheet Modules

This example includes different stylesheet modules depending on which XSLT processor is in use.

<xsl:include href="module-A.xsl" 
     use-when="system-property('xsl:vendor')='vendor-A'"/>
<xsl:include href="module-B.xsl" 
     use-when="system-property('xsl:vendor')='vendor-B'"/>

3.13.4 Shadow Attributes

When a no-namespace attribute name N is permitted to appear on an element in the XSLT namespace (provided that N does not start with an underscore), then a value V can be supplied for N in one of two ways:

  • The conventional way is for an attribute node with name N and value V to appear in the XDM representation of the element node in the stylesheet tree.

  • As an alternative, a shadow attribute may be supplied allowing the value V to be statically computed during the preprocessing phase. The shadow attribute has a name that is the same as the name N prefixed with an underscore, and the value of the shadow attribute is a value template in which all expressions enclosed between curly braces must be static expressions. The value V is the result of evaluating the value template. If a shadow attribute is present, then any attribute node with name N (sharing the same parent element) is ignored.

For example, an xsl:include element might be written:

<xsl:include _href="common{ $VERSION }.xsl"/>

allowing the stylesheet to include a specific version of a library module based on the value of a static parameter.

Similarly, a mode might be declared like this:

<xsl:param name="streamable" as="xs:boolean" 
                  required="yes" static="yes"/>
<xsl:mode _streamable="{ $streamable }" on-no-match="shallow-skip"/>

this allowing the streamability of the mode to be controlled using a static parameter (Note: this example relies on the fact that the streamable attribute accepts a boolean value, which means that the values true and false are accepted as synonyms of yes and no).

This mechanism applies to all attributes in the stylesheet where the attribute name is in no namespace and the name of the parent element is in the XSLT namespace. This includes attributes that have static significance such as the use-when attribute, the version attribute, and the static attribute on xsl:variable. The mechanism does not apply to shadow attributes (that is, it is not possible to invoke two stages of preprocessing by using two leading underscores). It does not apply to attributes of literal result elements, nor to attributes in a namespace such as the XML or XSLT namespace, nor to namespace declarations.

Note:

If a shadow attribute and its corresponding target attribute are both present in the stylesheet, the non-shadow attribute is ignored. This may be useful to make stylesheet code compatible across XSLT versions; an XSLT 2.0 processor operating in forwards compatible mode will ignore shadow attributes, and will require the target attribute to be valid.

Note:

The statement that the non-shadow attribute is ignored extends to error detection: it is not an error if the non-shadow attribute has an invalid value. However, this is not reflected in the schema for XSLT stylesheets, so validation using this schema may raise errors in such cases.

Note:

An attribute whose name begins with an underscore is treated specially only when it appears on an element in the XSLT namespace. On a literal result element, it is treated in the same way as any other attribute (that is, its effective value is copied to the result tree). On an extension instruction or user-defined data element, as with other attributes on these elements, its meaning is entirely implementation-defined.

Example: Using Shadow Attributes to Parameterize XPath Default Namespace

Although it is not usually considered good practice, it sometimes happens that variants or versions of an XML vocabulary exist in which the same local names are used, but in different namespaces. There is then a requirement to write code that will process source documents in a variety of different namespaces.

It is possible to define a static stylesheet parameter containing the target namespace, for example:

<xsl:param name="NS" as="xs:string" static="yes" 
                          select="'http://example.com/ns/one'"/>

And this can then be used to set the default namespace for XPath expressions:

_xpath-default-namespace="{ $NS }"

However, it is not possible to put this shadow attribute on the xsl:stylesheet or xsl:package element of the principal stylesheet module, because at that point the variable $NS is not in scope. A workaround is to create a stub stylesheet module which contains nothing but the static parameter declaration and an xsl:include of the stylesheet module containing the real logic. The static stylesheet parameter will then be in scope on the xsl:stylesheet element of the included stylesheet module, and the shadow attribute _xpath-default-namespace="{ $NS }" can therefore appear on this xsl:stylesheet element.

 

Example: Using Shadow Attributes to Parameterize Selection of Elements

The following stylesheet produces a report giving information about selected employees. The predicate defining which employees are to be included in the report is supplied (as a string containing an XPath expression) in a static stylesheet parameter:

<xsl:param name="filter" static="yes"
           as="xs:string" select="'true()'"/>
<xsl:function name="local:filter" as="xs:boolean">
   <xsl:param name="e" as="element(employee)"/>
   <xsl:sequence _select="$e/({ $filter })"/>
</xsl:function>
<xsl:template match="/">
   <report>
      <xsl:apply-templates mode="report" select="//employee[local:filter(.)]"/>
   </report>
</xsl:template>

If the supplied value of the filter parameter is, say location = "UK", then the report will cover employees based in the UK.

Note:

The stylesheet function local:filter is used here in preference to direct use of the supplied predicate within the select attribute of the xsl:apply-templates instruction because it reduces exposure to code injection attacks. It does not necessarily eliminate all such risks, however. For example, it would be possible for a caller to supply an expression that never terminates, thus creating a denial-of-service risk.

3.14 Built-in Types

Every XSLT 4.0 processor includes the following named type definitions in the in-scope schema components:

  • All built-in types defined in [XML Schema Part 2], including xs:anyType and xs:anySimpleType.

  • The following types defined in [XPath 3.0]: xs:yearMonthDuration, xs:dayTimeDuration, xs:anyAtomicType, xs:untyped, and xs:untypedAtomic.

XSLT 4.0 processors may optionally include types defined in XSD 1.1 (see [XML Schema 1.1 Part 1]). XSD 1.1 adopts the types xs:yearMonthDuration, xs:dayTimeDuration, and xs:anyAtomicType previously defined in XPath 2.0, and adds one new type: xs:dateTimeStamp. XSD 1.1 also allows implementers to define additional primitive types, and XSLT 4.0 permits such types to be supported by an XSLT processor.

A schema-aware XSLT processor additionally supports:

Note:

The names that are imported from the XML Schema namespace do not include all the names of top-level types defined in either the Schema for Schema Documents or the Schema for Schema Documents (Datatypes). The Schema for Schema Documents, as well as defining built-in types such as xs:integer and xs:double, also defines types that are intended for use only within that schema, such as xs:derivationControl. A stylesheet that is designed to process XML Schema documents as its input or output may import the Schema for Schema Documents.

An implementation may define mechanisms that allow additional schema components to be added to the in-scope schema components for the stylesheet. For example, the mechanisms used to define extension functions (see 25.1 Extension Functions) may also be used to import the types used in the interface to such functions.

These schema components are the only ones that may be referenced in XPath expressions within the stylesheet, or in the [xsl:]type and as attributes of those elements that permit these attributes.

3.15 Importing Schema Components

Changes in 4.0  

  1. The rules concerning the compatibility of schemas imported by different packages have been clarified. It is now explicitly stated that instructions that trigger validation must use the imported schema of the package in which validation is invoked. This differs from the current practice of some XSLT 3.0 processors, which may use (for example) a schema formed from the union of the imported schemas in all packages.   [Issue 451 PR 635 24 October 2023]

Note:

The facilities described in this section are not available with a basic XSLT processor. They require a schema-aware XSLT processor, as described in 28 Conformance.

<!-- Category: declaration -->
<xsl:import-schema
  namespace? = uri
  schema-location? = uri >
  <!-- Content: xs:schema? -->
</xsl:import-schema>

The xsl:import-schema declaration is used to identify schema components (that is, top-level type definitions and top-level element and attribute declarations) that need to be available statically, that is, before any source document is available. Names of such components used statically within the stylesheet must refer to an in-scope schema component, which means they must either be built-in types as defined in 3.14 Built-in Types, or they must be imported using an xsl:import-schema declaration.

The xsl:import-schema declaration identifies a namespace containing the names of the components to be imported (or indicates that components whose names are in no namespace are to be imported). The effect is that the names of top-level element and attribute declarations and type definitions from this namespace (or non-namespace) become available for use within XPath expressions in the package, and within other stylesheet constructs such as the type and as attributes of various XSLT elements.

The same schema components are available in all stylesheet modules within the declaring package; importing components in one stylesheet module makes them available throughout the package.

The schema components imported into different packages within a stylesheet must be compatibleDM40. Specifically, it is not permitted to use the same name in the same XSD symbol space to refer to different schema components within different packages; and the union of the schema components imported into the packages of a stylesheet must constitute a valid schema (as well as the set of schema components imported into each package forming a valid schema in its own right).

Note:

The fact that the schemas used in different packages must be compatible does not mean they must be identical. There are circumstances where validating an element using one schema might produce a different outcome from validation with a different schema, despite these consistency rules: an example is where the two schemas define different membership for a substitution group.

Nevertheless, the consistency rules are strong enough to ensure that an element node validated using one schema can safely be passed to a function declared in another package, where the function declares the required type of an argument as (say) element(*, T).

The namespace and schema-location attributes are both optional.

If the xsl:import-schema element contains an xs:schema element, then the schema-location attribute must be absent, and one of the following must be true:

  • the namespace attribute of the xsl:import-schema element and the targetNamespace attribute of the xs:schema element are both absent (indicating a no-namespace schema), or

  • the namespace attribute of the xsl:import-schema element and the targetNamespace attribute of the xs:schema element are both present and both have the same value, or

  • the namespace attribute of the xsl:import-schema element is absent and the targetNamespace attribute of the xs:schema element is present, in which case the target namespace is as given on the xs:schema element.

[ERR XTSE0215] It is a static error if an xsl:import-schema element that contains an xs:schema element has a schema-location attribute, or if it has a namespace attribute that conflicts with the target namespace of the contained schema.

If two xsl:import-schema declarations specify the same namespace, or if both specify no namespace, then only the one with highest import precedence is used. If this leaves more than one, then all the declarations at the highest import precedence are used (which may cause conflicts, as described below).

After discarding any xsl:import-schema declarations under the above rule, the effect of the remaining xsl:import-schema declarations is defined in terms of a hypothetical document called the synthetic schema document, which is constructed as follows. The synthetic schema document defines an arbitrary target namespace that is different from any namespace actually used by the application, and it contains xs:import elements corresponding one-for-one with the xsl:import-schema declarations in the stylesheet, with the following correspondence:

  • The namespace attribute of the xs:import element is copied from the namespace attribute of the xsl:import-schema declaration if it is explicitly present, or is implied by the targetNamespace attribute of a contained xs:schema element, and is absent if it is absent.

  • The schemaLocation attribute of the xs:import element is copied from the schema-location attribute of the xsl:import-schema declaration if present, and is absent if it is absent. If there is a contained xs:schema element, the effective value of the schemaLocation attribute is a URI referencing a document containing a copy of the xs:schema element.

  • The base URI of the xs:import element is the same as the base URI of the xsl:import-schema declaration.

The schema components included in the in-scope schema components (that is, the components whose names are available for use within the stylesheet) are the top-level element and attribute declarations and type definitions that are available for reference within the synthetic schema document. See [XML Schema Part 1] (section 4.2.3, References to schema components across namespaces).

[ERR XTSE0220] It is a static error if the synthetic schema document does not satisfy the constraints described in [XML Schema Part 1] (section 5.1, Errors in Schema Construction and Structure). This includes, without loss of generality, conflicts such as multiple definitions of the same name.

Note:

The synthetic schema document does not need to be constructed by a real implementation. It is purely a mechanism for defining the semantics of xsl:import-schema in terms of rules that already exist within the XML Schema specification. In particular, it implicitly defines the rules that determine whether the set of xsl:import-schema declarations are mutually consistent.

These rules do not cause names to be imported transitively. The fact that a name is available for reference within a schema document A does not of itself make the name available for reference in a stylesheet that imports the target namespace of schema document A. (See [XML Schema Part 1] section 3.15.3, Constraints on XML Representations of Schemas.) The stylesheet must import all the namespaces containing names that it actually references.

The namespace attribute indicates that a schema for the given namespace is required by the stylesheet. This information may be enough on its own to enable an implementation to locate the required schema components. The namespace attribute may be omitted to indicate that a schema for names in no namespace is being imported. The zero-length string is not a valid namespace URI, and is therefore not a valid value for the namespace attribute.

The schema-location attribute is a URI Reference that gives a hint indicating where a schema document or other resource containing the required definitions may be found. It is likely that a schema-aware XSLT processor will be able to process a schema document found at this location.

The XML Schema specification gives implementations flexibility in how to handle multiple imports for the same namespace. Multiple imports do not cause errors if the definitions do not conflict.

A consequence of these rules is that it is not intrinsically an error if no schema document can be located for a namespace identified in an xsl:import-schema declaration. This will cause an error only if it results in the stylesheet containing references to names that have not been imported.

An inline schema document (using an xs:schema element as a child of the xsl:import-schema element) has the same status as an external schema document, in the sense that it acts as a hint for a source of schema components in the relevant namespace. To ensure that the inline schema document is always used, it is advisable to use a target namespace that is unique to this schema document.

The use of a namespace in an xsl:import-schema declaration does not by itself associate any namespace prefix with the namespace. If names from the namespace are used within the stylesheet module then a namespace declaration must be included in the stylesheet module, in the usual way.

Example: An Inline Schema Document

The following example shows an inline schema document. This declares a simple type local:yes-no, which the stylesheet then uses in the declaration of a variable.

The example assumes the namespace declaration xmlns:local="http://example.com/ns/yes-no"

<xsl:import-schema>
  <xs:schema targetNamespace="http://example.com/ns/yes-no"
             xmlns:xs="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema"
             xmlns:local="http://example.com/ns/yes-no">
    <xs:simpleType name="yes-no">
      <xs:restriction base="xs:string">
        <xs:enumeration value="yes"/>
        <xs:enumeration value="no"/>
      </xs:restriction>
    </xs:simpleType>
  </xs:schema>
</xsl:import-schema>

<xsl:variable name="condition" select="local:yes-no('yes')" 
                               as="local:yes-no"/>

There are two built-in functions (analyze-stringFO40 and json-to-xml) whose result is an XML structure for which a schema is defined. The namespace for these schema definitions is (in both cases) http://www.w3.org/2005/xpath-functions. Schema components for these namespaces are available for reference within the stylesheet if and only if an xsl:import-schema declaration is present referencing this namespace. If such a declaration is present, then the schema that is imported is the schema defined in the specification of these functions: the schemaLocation attribute has no effect.

4 Data Model

The data model used by XSLT is the XPath 3.0 and XQuery 3.0 data model (XDM), as defined in [XDM 3.0]. XSLT operates on source, result and stylesheet documents using the same data model.

This section elaborates on some particular features of XDM as it is used by XSLT:

The rules in 3.13.1 Stripping Whitespace and Commentary from the Stylesheet and 4.3.2 Stripping Whitespace from a Source Tree make use of the concept of a whitespace text node.

[Definition: A whitespace text node is a text node whose content consists entirely of whitespace characters (that is, U+0009 (TAB) , U+000A (NEWLINE) , U+000D (CARRIAGE RETURN) , or U+0020 (SPACE) ).]

Note:

Features of a source XML document that are not represented in the XDM tree will have no effect on the operation of an XSLT stylesheet. Examples of such features are entity references, CDATA sections, character references, whitespace within element tags, and the choice of single or double quotes around attribute values.

4.1 XML Versions

The XDM data model defined in [XDM 3.0] is capable of representing either an XML 1.0 document (conforming to [XML 1.0] and [Namespaces in XML]) or an XML 1.1 document (conforming to [XML 1.1] and [Namespaces in XML 1.1]), and it makes no distinction between the two. In principle, therefore, XSLT 4.0 can be used with either of these XML versions.

Construction of the XDM tree is outside the scope of this specification, so XSLT 4.0 places no formal requirements on an XSLT processor to accept input from either XML 1.0 documents or XML 1.1 documents or both. This specification does define a serialization capability (see 27 Serialization), though from a conformance point of view it is an optional feature. Although facilities are described for serializing the XDM tree as either XML 1.0 or XML 1.1 (and controlling the choice), there is again no formal requirement on an XSLT processor to support either or both of these XML versions as serialization targets.

Because the XDM tree is the same whether the original document was XML 1.0 or XML 1.1, the semantics of XSLT processing do not depend on the version of XML used by the original document. There is no reason in principle why all the input and output documents used in a single transformation must conform to the same version of XML.

Some of the syntactic constructs in XSLT 4.0 and XPath 3.0, for example the productions CharXML and NCNameNames, are defined by reference to the XML and XML Namespaces specifications. There are slight variations between the XML 1.0 and XML 1.1 versions of these productions (and, indeed, between different editions of XML 1.0). Implementations may support any version; it is recommended that an XSLT 4.0 processor that implements the 1.1 versions should also provide a mode that supports the 1.0 versions. It is thus implementation-defined which versions and editions of XML and XML Namespaces are supported by the implementation.

Note:

The specification referenced as [Namespaces in XML] was actually published without a version number.

The current version of [XML Schema 1.1 Part 2] references the XML 1.1 specifications, but the previous version ([XML Schema Part 2]) (that is, XSD 1.0) remains in widespread use, and only references XML 1.0. With processors lacking support for XSD 1.1, therefore, datatypes such as xs:NCName and xs:ID may be constrained by the XML 1.0 rules, and not allow the full range of values permitted by XML 1.1. It is recommended that implementers wishing to support XML 1.1 should consult [XML Schema 1.0 and XML 1.1] for guidance.

4.2 XDM versions

XSLT 4.0 requires a processor to support XDM 3.1 as defined in [XDM 3.1].

A processor may also provide a user option to support versions of XDM later than 3.1, in which case the way it does so is implementation-defined.

4.3 Preprocessing Source Documents

Source documents supplied as input to a transformation may be subject to preprocessing. Two kinds of preprocessing are defined: stripping of type annotations (see 4.3.1 Stripping Type Annotations from a Source Tree), and stripping of whitespace text nodes (see 4.3.2 Stripping Whitespace from a Source Tree).

Stripping of type annotations happens before stripping of whitespace text nodes.

The source documents to which this applies are as follows:

Note:

This list excludes documents passed as the values of stylesheet parameters or parameters of the initial named template or initial function, trees created by functions such as parse-xmlFO40, parse-xml-fragment, analyze-stringFO40, or json-to-xml, and values returned from extension functions.

If a node other than a document node is supplied (for example as the global context item), then the preprocessing is applied to the entire document containing that node. If several nodes within the same document are supplied (for example as nodes in the initial match selection, or as nodes returned by the collectionFO40 function), then the preprocessing is only applied to that document once. If a whitespace text node is supplied (for example as the global context item) and the rules cause this node to be stripped from its containing tree, then the behavior is as if this node had not been supplied (which may cause an error, for example if a global context item is required.)

The rules determining whether or not stripping of annotations and/or whitespace happens are defined at the level of a package. Declarations within a library package only affect the handling of documents loaded using a call on the document, docFO40, or collectionFO40 functions or an evaluation of an xsl:source-document instruction appearing lexically within the same package. Declarations within the top-level package also affect the processing of the global context item and the initial match selection.

The semantics of the document, docFO40, and collectionFO40 functions are formally defined in terms of mappings from URIs to document nodes maintained within the dynamic context (see 5.3.3 Initializing the Dynamic Context). The effect of the declarations that control stripping of type annotations and whitespace is therefore to modify this mapping (so it now maps the URI to a stripped document). The modification applies to the dynamic context for calls to these function appearing within a particular package; each package therefore has a different set of mappings. This means that when two calls to the docFO40 function appear in different packages, specifying the same absolute URI, then in general different documents are returned. An implementation may return the same document for two such calls if it is able to determine that the effect of the annotation and whitespace stripping rules in both packages is the same.

The effect of dynamic calls to the document, docFO40, and collectionFO40 functions is defined in the same way as for other functions with dependencies on the dynamic context. As described in 5.3.4 Additional Dynamic Context Components used by XSLT, named function references (such as doc#1) and calls on function-lookupFO40 (for example, function-lookup("doc", 1)) are defined to retain the XPath static and dynamic context at the point of invocation as part of the closure of the resulting function item, and to use this preserved context when a dynamic function call is subsequently made using the function item.

4.3.1 Stripping Type Annotations from a Source Tree

[Definition: The term type annotation is used in this specification to refer to the value returned by the dm:type-name accessor of a node: see Section 5.14 type-name Accessor DM30.]

There is sometimes a requirement to write stylesheets that produce the same results whether or not the source documents have been validated against a schema. To achieve this, an option is provided to remove any type annotations on element and attribute nodes in a source tree, replacing them with an annotation of xs:untyped in the case of element nodes, and xs:untypedAtomic in the case of attribute nodes.

Such stripping of type annotations can be requested by specifying input-type-annotations="strip" on the xsl:package element. This attribute has three permitted values: strip, preserve, and unspecified. The default value is unspecified. Specifying unspecified has the same effect as omitting the attribute [XSLT 3.0 Erratum E43, bug 30383].

The input-type-annotations attribute may also be specified on the xsl:stylesheet element; if it is specified at this level then it must be consistent for all stylesheet modules within the same package.

[ERR XTSE0265] It is a static error if there is a stylesheet module in a package that specifies input-type-annotations="strip" and another stylesheet module that specifies input-type-annotations="preserve", or if a stylesheet module specifies the value strip or preserve and the same value is not specified on the xsl:package element of the containing package.

Type annotations are stripped from relevant source documents if at least one stylesheet module in the stylesheet specifies input-type-annotations="strip" on the xsl:package, xsl:stylesheet, or xsl:transform element [XSLT 3.0 Erratum E43, bug 30383].

When type annotations are stripped, the following changes are made to the source tree:

  • The type annotation of every element node is changed to xs:untyped

  • The type annotation of every attribute node is changed to xs:untypedAtomic

  • The typed value of every element and attribute node is set to be the same as its string value, as an instance of xs:untypedAtomic.

  • The is-nilled property of every element node is set to false.

The values of the is-id and is-idrefs properties are not changed.

Note:

Stripping type annotations does not necessarily return the document to the state it would be in had validation not taken place. In particular, any defaulted elements and attributes that were added to the tree by the validation process will still be present, and elements and attributes validated as IDs will still be accessible using the idFO40 function.

4.3.2 Stripping Whitespace from a Source Tree

A source tree supplied as input to the transformation process may contain whitespace text nodes that are of no interest, and that do not need to be retained by the transformation. Conceptually, an XSLT processor makes a copy of the source tree from which unwanted whitespace text nodes have been removed. This process is referred to as whitespace stripping.

The stripping process takes as input a set of element names whose child whitespace text nodes are to be preserved. The way in which this set of element names is established using the xsl:strip-space and xsl:preserve-space declarations is described later in this section.

The stripping process that applies for a particular package is determined by the xsl:strip-space and xsl:preserve-space declarations within that package.

A whitespace text node is preserved if either of the following apply:

  • The element name of the parent of the text node is in the set of whitespace-preserving element names.

  • An ancestor element of the text node has an xml:space attribute with a value of preserve, and no closer ancestor element has xml:space with a value of default.

Otherwise, the whitespace text node is stripped.

The xml:space attributes are not removed from the tree.

<!-- Category: declaration -->
<xsl:strip-space
  elements = tokens />

<!-- Category: declaration -->
<xsl:preserve-space
  elements = tokens />

The set of whitespace-preserving element names is specified by xsl:strip-space and xsl:preserve-spacedeclarations. Whether an element name is included in the set of whitespace-preserving names is determined by the best match among all the xsl:strip-space or xsl:preserve-space declarations: it is included if and only if there is no match or the best match is an xsl:preserve-space element. The xsl:strip-space and xsl:preserve-space elements each have an elements attribute whose value is a whitespace-separated list of NameTestsXP40; an element name matches an xsl:strip-space or xsl:preserve-space element if it matches one of the NameTestsXP40. An element matches a NameTestXP40 if and only if the NameTestXP40 would be true for the element as an XPath node test.

[ERR XTSE0270] It is a static error if within any package the same NameTestXP40 appears in both an xsl:strip-space and an xsl:preserve-space declaration if both have the same import precedence. Two NameTests are considered the same if they match the same set of names (which can be determined by comparing them after expanding namespace prefixes to URIs).

Otherwise, when more than one xsl:strip-space and xsl:preserve-space element within the relevant package matches, the best matching element is determined by the best matching NameTestXP40. The rules are similar to those for template rules:

If an element in a source document has a type annotation that is a simple type or a complex type with simple content, then any whitespace text nodes among its children are preserved, regardless of any xsl:strip-space declarations. The reason for this is that stripping a whitespace text node from an element with simple content could make the element invalid: for example, it could cause the minLength facet to be violated.

Stripping of type annotations happens before stripping of whitespace text nodes, so this situation will not occur if input-type-annotations="strip" is specified.

Note:

In [XDM 3.0], processes are described for constructing an XDM tree from an Infoset or from a PSVI. Those processes deal with whitespace according to their own rules, and the provisions in this section apply to the resulting tree. In practice this means that elements that are defined in a DTD or a Schema to contain element-only content will have whitespace text nodes stripped, regardless of the xsl:strip-space and xsl:preserve-space declarations in the stylesheet.

However, source trees are not necessarily constructed using those processes; indeed, they are not necessarily constructed by parsing XML documents. Nothing in the XSLT specification constrains how the source tree is constructed, or what happens to whitespace text nodes during its construction. The provisions in this section relate only to whitespace text nodes that are present in the tree supplied as input to the XSLT processor. The XSLT processor cannot preserve whitespace text nodes unless they were actually present in the supplied tree.

4.4 Attribute Types and DTD Validation

The mapping from the Infoset to the XDM data model, described in [XDM 3.0], does not retain attribute types. This means, for example, that an attribute described in the DTD as having attribute type NMTOKENS will be annotated in the XDM tree as xs:untypedAtomic rather than xs:NMTOKENS, and its typed value will consist of a single xs:untypedAtomic item rather than a sequence of xs:NMTOKEN items.

Attributes with a DTD-derived type of ID, IDREF, or IDREFS will be marked in the XDM tree as having the is-id or is-idrefs properties. It is these properties, rather than any type annotation, that are examined by the functions idFO40 and idrefFO40 described in [Functions and Operators 4.0].

4.5 Data Model for Streaming

4.5.1 Streamed Documents

The data model for nodes in a document that is being streamed is no different from the standard XDM data model, in that it contains the same objects (nodes) with the same properties and relationships. The facilities for streaming do not change the data model; instead they impose rules that limit the ability of stylesheets to navigate the data model.

A useful way to visualize streaming is to suppose that at any point in time, there is a current position in the streamed input document which may be the start or end of the document, the start or end tag of an element, or a text, comment, or processing instruction node. From this position, the stylesheet has access to the following information:

  • Properties intrinsic to the node, such as its name, its base URI, its type annotation, and its is-id and is-idref properties.

  • The ancestors of the node (but navigation downwards from the ancestors is not permitted).

  • The attributes of the node, and the attributes of its ancestors. For each such attribute, all the properties of the node including its string value and typed value are available, but there are limitations that restrict navigation from the attribute node to other nodes in the document.

  • The in-scope namespace bindings of the node.

  • In the case of attributes, text nodes, comments, and processing instructions, the string value and typed value of the node.

  • In the case of element nodes, whether or not the element has children. This information is obtained by calling the has-childrenFO40 function. This implies that the processor performs look-ahead (limited to a single token) to determine whether the start tag is immediately followed by a matching end tag.

  • In the case of document nodes, details of unparsed entities in the document. This information is obtained by calling the unparsed-entity-uri and unparsed-entity-public-id functions. A processor might enable this by reading the DTD as soon as the document is opened. Since comments and processing instructions that precede the DOCTYPE declaration are available as children of the document node, this also implies that a streaming processor needs sufficient memory to hold these comments and processing instructions until the start tag of the first element is encountered. Information about unparsed entities remains available for the duration of processing, in the same way as attributes of ancestor elements.

The children and other descendants of a node are not accessible except as a by-product of changing the current position in the document. The same applies to properties of an element or document node that require examination of the node’s descendants, that is, the string value and typed value. This is enforced by means of a rule that only one expression requiring downward navigation from a node is permitted.

Information about the type of a node is in general considered a property intrinsic to the node, and is available without advancing the input stream. There is an exception for an expression of the form (/) instance of document-node(element(invoice)). This is not guaranteed streamable, because it requires reading ahead to check that the document node has only one element child. However, a processor that knows that the parser delivering the document stream is only capable of delivering well-formed documents may use this knowledge (along with the limited look-ahead needed to get the name of the outermost element) to make this expression streamable.

A streaming processor is not required to read any more of the source document than is needed to generate correct stylesheet output. It is not required to read the full source document merely in order to satisfy the requirement imposed by the XML Recommendation that an XML Processor must report violations of well-formedness in the input.

More detailed rules are defined in 19 Streamability.

4.5.2 Other Data Structures

Maps and arrays were defined in XPath 3.1.

Streaming facilities in this specification are, for the most part, relevant only to streamed processing of XML trees, and not to other structures such as sequences, maps and arrays, which will typically be held in memory unless the processor is capable of avoiding this.

Maps, however, play an important role in enabling streamed applications to be written. For example, a map can be used as the data structure maintained by an accumulator (see 18.2 Accumulators) to remember information that has been retrieved from a streamed document, given that it is not possible to revisit the same nodes later. There is also a special streamability rule for map constructor expressions (see 21.3 Maps and Streaming) that allows such an expression to make multiple downward selections in the streamed input document: for example one can write { 'authors': data(author), 'editors': data(editor) }, which gathers the values of these two elements, or sets of elements, from the input stream, regardless what order they appear in — even if they are interleaved.

The rules for creating maps and arrays are designed to ensure that the entries in a map, and the members of an array, cannot contain nodes from a streamed document. This is achieved by the way in which the streamability properties of the relevant expressions and functions are defined.

By contrast, sequences can and often do contain nodes from streamed documents, and a major purpose of the rules for streamability is to make this possible.

4.6 Limits

The XDM data model (see [XDM 3.0]) leaves it to the host language to define limits. This section describes the limits that apply to XSLT.

Limits on some primitive datatypes are defined in [XML Schema Part 2]. Other limits, listed below, are implementation-defined. Note that this does not necessarily mean that each limit must be a simple constant: it may vary depending on environmental factors such as available resources.

The following limits are implementation-defined:

  1. For the xs:decimal type, the maximum number of decimal digits (the totalDigits facet). This must be at least 18 digits. (Note, however, that support for the full value range of xs:unsignedLong requires 20 digits.)

  2. For the types xs:date, xs:time, xs:dateTime, xs:gYear, and xs:gYearMonth: the range of values of the year component, which must be at least +0001 to +9999; and the maximum number of fractional second digits, which must be at least 3.

  3. For the xs:duration type: the maximum absolute values of the years, months, days, hours, minutes, and seconds components.

  4. For the xs:yearMonthDuration type: the maximum absolute value, expressed as an integer number of months.

  5. For the xs:dayTimeDuration type: the maximum absolute value, expressed as a decimal number of seconds.

  6. For the types xs:string, xs:hexBinary, xs:base64Binary, xs:QName, xs:anyURI, xs:NOTATION, and types derived from them: the maximum length of the value.

  7. For sequences, the maximum number of items in a sequence.

4.7 Disable Output Escaping

For backwards compatibility reasons, XSLT 4.0 continues to support the disable-output-escaping feature introduced in XSLT 1.0. This is an optional feature and implementations are not required to support it. A new facility, that of named character maps (see 27.1 Character Maps) was introduced in XSLT 2.0. It provides similar capabilities to disable-output-escaping, but without distorting the data model.

If an implementation supports the disable-output-escaping attribute of xsl:text and xsl:value-of, (see 27.3 Disabling Output Escaping), then the data model for trees constructed by the processor is augmented with a boolean value representing the value of this property. This boolean value, however, can be set only within a final result tree that is being passed to the serializer.

Conceptually, each character in a text node on such a result tree has a boolean property indicating whether the serializer is to disable the normal rules for escaping of special characters (for example, outputting of & as &amp;) in respect of this character.

Note:

In practice, the nodes in a final result tree will often be streamed directly from the XSLT processor to the serializer. In such an implementation, disable-output-escaping can be viewed not so much a property stored with nodes in the tree, but rather as additional information passed across the interface between the XSLT processor and the serializer.

5 Features of the XSLT Language

5.1 Names

5.1.1 Qualified Names

Many constructs appearing in a stylesheet, for example named templates, modes, and attribute sets, are named using a qualified name: this consists of a local name and an optional namespace URI.

In most cases where such names are written in a stylesheet, the syntax for expressing the name is given by the production EQNameXP40 in the XPath specification. In practice, this means that three forms are permitted:

  • A simple NCName appearing on its own (without any prefix). This represents the local name of the object. The interpretation of unprefixed names is described below.

  • A lexical QName written in the form NCName ":" NCName where the first part is a namespace prefix and the second part is the local name. The namespace part of the object’s name is then derived from the prefix by examining the applicable static namespaces for the element node in the stylesheet where the name appears.

  • A URIQualifiedNameXP40 in the form "Q{" URI? "}" NCName where the two parts of the name, that is the namespace part and the local part, both appear explicitly. If the URI part is omitted (for example Q{}local), the resulting expanded QName is a QName whose namespace part is absent.

The rules for the use of these constructs generally permit leading and trailing whitespace, which is ignored.

Note:

There are a few places where the third form, a URIQualifiedName, is not permitted. These include the name attribute of xsl:element and xsl:attribute (which have a separate namespace attribute for the purpose), and constructs defined by other specifications. For example, names appearing within an embedded xs:schema element must follow the XSD rules.

[Definition: An expanded QName is a value in the value space of the xs:QName datatype as defined in the XDM data model (see [XDM 3.0]): that is, a triple containing namespace prefix (optional), namespace URI (optional), and local name. Two expanded QNames are equal if the namespace URIs are the same (or both absent) and the local names are the same. The prefix plays no part in the comparison, but is used only if the expanded QName needs to be converted back to a string.]

[Definition: An EQName is a string representing an expanded QName where the string, after removing leading and trailing whitespace, is in the form defined by the EQNameXP40 production in the XPath specification.]

[Definition: A lexical QName is a string representing an expanded QName where the string, after removing leading and trailing whitespace, is within the lexical space of the xs:QName datatype as defined in XML Schema (see [XML Schema Part 2]): that is, a local name optionally preceded by a namespace prefix and a colon.]

Note that every lexical QName is an EQName, but the converse is not true.

The following rules are used when interpreting a lexical QName:

  1. [Definition: A string in the form of a lexical QName may occur as the value of an attribute node in a stylesheet module, or within an XPath expression contained in an attribute or text node within a stylesheet module, or as the result of evaluating an XPath expression contained in such a node. The element containing this attribute or text node is referred to as the defining element of the lexical QName.]

  2. If the lexical QName has a prefix, then the prefix is expanded into a URI reference using the namespace declarations in effect on its defining element. The expanded QName consisting of the local part of the name and the possibly null URI reference is used as the name of the object. The default namespace of the defining element (see Section 6.2 Element Nodes DM30) is not used for unprefixed names.

    [ERR XTSE0280] In the case of a prefixed lexical QName used as the value (or as part of the value) of an attribute in the stylesheet, or appearing within an XPath expression in the stylesheet, it is a static error if the defining element has no namespace node whose name matches the prefix of the lexical QName.

    [ERR XTDE0290] Where the result of evaluating an XPath expression (or an attribute value template) is required to be a lexical QName, or if it is permitted to be a lexical QName and the actual value takes the form of a lexical QName, then unless otherwise specified it is a dynamic error if the value has a prefix and the defining element has no namespace node whose name matches that prefix. This error may be raised as a static error if the value of the expression can be determined statically.

  3. If the lexical QName has no prefix, then:

    1. In the case of an unprefixed QName used as a NameTest within an XPath expression (see 5.2 Expressions), and in certain other contexts, the namespace to be used in expanding the QName may be specified by means of the [xsl:]xpath-default-namespace attribute, as specified in 5.1.2 Unprefixed Lexical QNames in Expressions and Patterns.

    2. If the name is in one of the following categories, then the default namespace of the defining element is used:

      1. Where a QName is used to define the name of an element being constructed. This applies both to cases where the name is known statically (that is, the name of a literal result element) and to cases where it is computed dynamically (the value of the name attribute of the xsl:element instruction).

      2. The default namespace is used when expanding the first argument of the function element-available.

      3. The default namespace applies to any unqualified element names appearing in the cdata-section-elements or suppress-indentation attributes of xsl:output or xsl:result-document

    3. In all other cases, a lexical QName with no prefix represents an expanded QName in no namespace (that is, an xs:QName value in which both the prefix and the namespace URI are absent).

5.1.2 Unprefixed Lexical QNames in Expressions and Patterns

Changes in 4.0  

  1. The [xsl:]xpath-default-namespace attribute can be set to the value ##any, which causes unprefixed element names to match in any namespace or none.   [Issue 296 PR 1181 30 April 2024]

5.1.2.1 Unprefixed Element Names

The attribute [xsl:]xpath-default-namespace (see 3.4 Standard Attributes) may be used on an element in the stylesheet to define the namespace that will be used for an unprefixed element or type name within an XPath expression, and in certain other contexts listed below.

The value of the attribute is either the namespace URI to be used, or a zero-length string, or the value ##any.

For any element in the stylesheet, this attribute has an effective value, which is the value of the [xsl:]xpath-default-namespace on that element or on the innermost containing element that specifies such an attribute, or the zero-length string if no containing element specifies such an attribute.

For any element in the stylesheet, the effective value of the attribute determines the value of the default namespace for elements and typesXP40 in the static context of any XPath expression contained in an attribute or text node of that element (including XPath expressions in attribute value templates and text value templates). The effect of this is specified in [XPath 4.0]; in summary, it determines the namespace used for any unprefixed type name or element name.

The special value ##any only affects:

  • An unprefixed element name used in a NameTestXP40, either within an XPath expression or a pattern. Its effect is that an unprefixed name matches any element having the required local name, irrespective of the namespace URI (or lack of it). A pattern such as match="title" is therefore interpreted as a wildcard match match="*:title. The default priority of such a pattern changes accordingly.

  • An unprefixed type name; the effect is to treat the name as referring to a type whose namespace is http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema.

Note:

To take an example, older versions of the internet index of RFCs (requests for comments) use the namespace URI http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc-index, while newer versions use https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc-index (note the change of URI scheme). XSLT code that needs to work with either version can be simplified by setting the default namespace to ##any: but be aware that this might lead to spurious matching of names in an unrelated namespace.

Any other value of this attribute sets the default namespace for any of the following constructs appearing within its scope:

  • any unprefixed element name used in a pattern

  • any unprefixed element name used in the elements attribute of the xsl:strip-space or xsl:preserve-space instructions

  • any unprefixed element name used in the as attribute of an XSLT element

  • any unprefixed type name used in the type attribute of an XSLT element

  • any unprefixed type name used in the xsl:type attribute of a literal result element.

The [xsl:]xpath-default-namespace attribute must be in the XSLT namespace if and only if its parent element is not in the XSLT namespace.

If the effective value of the attribute is a zero-length string, which will be the case if it is explicitly set to a zero-length string or if it is not specified at all, then an unprefixed element name or type name refers to a name that is in no namespace. The default namespace of the parent element (see Section 6.2 Element Nodes DM30) is not used.

The attribute does not affect other names, for example function names, variable names, or template names, or strings that are interpreted as lexical QNames during stylesheet evaluation, such as the effective value of the name attribute of xsl:element or the string supplied as the first argument to the key function.

5.1.2.2 Unprefixed Function Names

Unprefixed function names are treated as names in the standard function namespace.

5.1.2.3 Other Unprefixed Names

For other unprefixed names, for example variable names, template names, mode names, or strings that are interpreted as lexical QNames during stylesheet evaluation, such as the effective value of the name attribute of xsl:element or the string supplied as the first argument to the key function, any unprefixed lexical QName is taken as being a no-namespace name.

5.1.3 Reserved Namespaces

[Definition: The XSLT namespace, together with certain other namespaces recognized by an XSLT processor, are classified as reserved namespaces and must be used only as specified in this and related specifications.] The reserved namespaces are those listed below.

Each of the reserved namespaces has a conventional prefix. As described in 3.7.1 The fixed-namespaces Attribute, the fixed-namespaces attribute may bind one of the reserved namespaces simply by referring to its conventional prefix. For example, fixed-namespaces="xs" has the effect of binding the prefix xs to the namespace http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema.

  • The XSLT namespace described in 3.1.1 XSLT Namespace, is reserved, with conventional prefix xsl.

  • [Definition: The standard function namespacehttp://www.w3.org/2005/xpath-functions, with conventional prefix fn, is used for functions in the function library defined in [Functions and Operators 4.0] and for standard functions defined in this specification.]

  • The namespace http://www.w3.org/2005/xpath-functions/math, with conventional prefix math, is used for mathematical functions in the function library defined in [Functions and Operators 3.0].

  • The namespace http://www.w3.org/2005/xpath-functions/map, with conventional prefix map, is used for functions defined in this specification relating to the manipulation of maps.

  • The namespace http://www.w3.org/2005/xpath-functions/array, with conventional prefix array, is reserved for use as described in [Functions and Operators 3.1].

  • [Definition: The XML namespace, defined in [Namespaces in XML] as http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace, is used for attributes such as xml:lang, xml:space, and xml:id.]This namespace is always bound to the prefix xml.

  • [Definition: The schema namespacehttp://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema, with conventional prefix xs, is used as defined in [XML Schema Part 1]]. In a stylesheet this namespace may be used to refer to built-in schema datatypes and to the constructor functions associated with those datatypes.

  • [Definition: The schema instance namespacehttp://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance, with conventional prefix xsi, is used as defined in [XML Schema Part 1]]. Attributes in this namespace, if they appear in a stylesheet, are treated by the XSLT processor in the same way as any other attributes.

  • [Definition: The standard error namespacehttp://www.w3.org/2005/xqt-errors, with conventional prefix err, is used for error codes defined in this specification and related specifications. It is also used for the names of certain predefined variables accessible within the scope of an xsl:catch element.]

  • The namespace http://www.w3.org/2000/xmlns/ is reserved for use as described in [Namespaces in XML]. No element or attribute node can have a name in this namespace, and although the prefix xmlns is implicitly bound to this namespace, no namespace node will ever define this binding.

Note:

With the exception of the XML namespace, any of the above namespaces that are used in a stylesheet must be explicitly declared with a namespace declaration. Although conventional prefixes are used for these namespaces in this specification, any prefix may be used in a user stylesheet.

Reserved namespaces may be used without restriction to refer to the names of elements and attributes in source documents and result documents. As far as the XSLT processor is concerned, reserved namespaces other than the XSLT namespace may be used without restriction in the names of literal result elements and user-defined data elements, and in the names of attributes of literal result elements or of XSLT elements: but other processors may impose restrictions or attach special meaning to them. Reserved namespaces must not be used, however, in the names of stylesheet-defined objects such as variables and stylesheet functions, nor in the names of extension functions or extension instructions.

It is not an error to use a reserved namespace in the name of an extension attribute: attributes such as xml:space and xsi:type fall into this category. XSLT processors must not reject such attributes, and must not attach any meaning to them other than any meaning defined by the relevant specification.

[ERR XTSE0080] It is a static error to use a reserved namespace in the name of a named template, a mode, an attribute set, a key, a decimal-format, a variable or parameter, a stylesheet function, a named output definition, an accumulator, or a character map; except that the name xsl:initial-template is permitted as a template name.

Note:

The name xsl:original is used within xsl:override to refer to a component that is being overridden. Although the name xsl:original is used to refer to the component, the component has its own name, and no component ever has the name xsl:original.

5.2 Expressions

XSLT uses the expression language defined by XPath 3.0[XPath 3.0]. Expressions are used in XSLT for a variety of purposes including:

  • selecting nodes for processing;

  • specifying conditions for different ways of processing a node;

  • generating text to be inserted in a result tree.

[Definition: Within this specification, the term XPath expression, or simply expression, means a string that matches the production ExprXP40 defined in [XPath 3.0].]

An XPath expression may occur as the value of certain attributes on XSLT-defined elements, and also within curly brackets in attribute value templates and text value templates.

Except where forwards compatible behavior is enabled (see 3.10 Forwards Compatible Processing), it is a static error if the value of such an attribute, or the text between curly brackets in an attribute value template or text value template, does not match the XPath production ExprXP40, or if it fails to satisfy other static constraints defined in the XPath specification, for example that all variable references must refer to variables that are in scope. Error codes are defined in [XPath 3.0].

The transformation fails with a dynamic error if any XPath expression is evaluated and raises a dynamic error. Error codes are defined in [XPath 3.0].

The transformation fails with a type error if an XPath expression raises a type error, or if the result of evaluating the XPath expression is evaluated and raises a type error, or if the XPath processor raises a type error during static analysis of an expression. Error codes are defined in [XPath 3.0].

[Definition: The context within a stylesheet where an XPath expression appears may specify the required type of the expression. The required type indicates the type of the value that the expression is expected to return.] If no required type is specified, the expression may return any value: in effect, the required type is then item()*.

[Definition:  When used in this specification without further qualification, the term coercion rules means the coercion rules defined in [XPath 4.0], applied with XPath 1.0 compatibility mode set to false.]

Note:

In earlier versions of this specification, these were referred to as the function conversion rules.

Note:

These are the rules defined in [XPath 4.0] for converting the supplied argument of a function call to the required type of that argument, as defined in the function signature. The same rules are used in XSLT for converting the value of a variable to the declared type of the variable, or the result of evaluating a function or template body to the declared type of the function or template. They are also used when parameters are supplied to a template using xsl:with-param. In all such cases, the rules that apply are the XPath 4.0 rules without XPath 1.0 compatibility mode. The rules with XPath 1.0 compatibility mode set to true are used only for XPath function calls, and for the operands of certain XPath operators.

This specification also invokes the XPath 3.0 coercion rules to convert the result of evaluating an XSLT sequence constructor to a required type (for example, the sequence constructor enclosed in an xsl:variable, xsl:template, or xsl:function element).

Any dynamic error or type error that occurs when applying the coercion rules to convert a value to a required type results in the transformation failing, in the same way as if the error had occurred while evaluating an expression.

Note:

Note the distinction between the two kinds of error that may occur. Attempting to convert an integer to a date is a type error, because such a conversion is never possible. Type errors can be raised statically if they can be detected statically, whether or not the construct in question is ever evaluated. Attempting to convert the xs:untypedAtomic item 2003-02-29 to a date is a dynamic error rather than a type error, because the problem is with this particular value, not with its type. Dynamic errors are raised only if the instructions or expressions that cause them are actually evaluated. [XSLT 3.0 Erratum E21, bug 30236]

The XPath specification states that the host language must specify whether the XPath processor normalizes all line breaks on input, before parsing, and if it does so, whether it uses the rules of [XML 1.0] or [XML 1.1]. In the case of XSLT, all handling of line breaks is the responsibility of the XML parser (which may support either XML 1.0 or XML 1.1); the XSLT and XPath processors perform no further changes.

Note:

Most XPath expressions in a stylesheet appear within XML attributes. They are therefore subject to XML line-ending normalization (for example, a CRLF sequence is normalized to LF) and also to XML attribute-value normalization, which replaces tabs and newlines by spaces. XPath expressions appearing in text value templates, however (see 5.7.2 Text Value Templates) are subject to line-ending normalization but not attribute-value normalization. In both cases, normalization of whitespace can be prevented by using character references such as &#x9;.

5.3 The Static and Dynamic Context

XPath defines the concept of an expression contextXP40 which contains all the information that can affect the result of evaluating an expression. The expression context has two parts, the static contextXP40, and the dynamic contextXP40. The components that make up the expression context are defined in the XPath specification (see Section 2.2 Expression ContextXP40). This section describes the way in which these components are initialized when an XPath expression is contained within an XSLT stylesheet.

This section does not apply to static expressions (whose context is defined in 9.7 Static Expressions), nor to XPath expressions evaluated using xsl:evaluate (whose context is defined in 10.4.2 Dynamic context for the target expression). [XSLT 3.0 Erratum E24, bug 30241]

As well as providing values for the static and dynamic context components defined in the XPath specification, XSLT defines additional context components of its own. These context components are used by XSLT instructions (for example, xsl:next-match and xsl:apply-imports), and also by the functions in the extended function library described in this specification.

The following four sections describe:

5.3.1 Initializing the Static Context
5.3.2 Additional Static Context Components used by XSLT
5.3.3 Initializing the Dynamic Context
5.3.4 Additional Dynamic Context Components used by XSLT

5.3.1 Initializing the Static Context

The static contextXP40 of an XPath expression appearing in an XSLT stylesheet is initialized as follows. In these rules, the term containing element means the element within the stylesheet that is the parent of the attribute or text node whose value contains the XPath expression in question, and the term enclosing element means the containing element or any of its ancestors.

5.3.2 Additional Static Context Components used by XSLT

Some of the components of the XPath static context are used also by XSLT elements. For example, the xsl:sort element makes use of the collations defined in the static context, and attributes such as type and as may reference types defined in the in-scope schema components.

Many top-level declarations in a stylesheet, and attributes on the xsl:stylesheet element, affect the behavior of instructions within the stylesheet. Each of these constructs is described in its appropriate place in this specification.

A number of these constructs are of particular significance because they are used by functions defined in XSLT, which are added to the library of functions available for use in XPath expressions within the stylesheet. These are:

  • The set of named keys, used by the key function

  • The set of named character maps, used by the character-map function

  • The values of system properties, used by the system-property function

  • The set of available instructions, used by the element-available function

Note:

If these functions are called within a static expression, the results will reflect the capabilities and configuration of the processor used to perform static analysis, while if they are called elsewhere, the results should reflect the capabilities and configuration of the processor used to perform dynamic evaluation, which might give a different result. These calls should not be pre-evaluated at compile time unless it is known that this will give the same result.

5.3.3 Initializing the Dynamic Context

For convenience, the dynamic context is described in two parts: the focus, which represents the place in the source document that is currently being processed, and a collection of additional context variables.

A number of functions specified in [Functions and Operators 4.0] are defined to be deterministicFO40, meaning that if they are called twice during the same execution scopeFO40, with the same arguments, then they return the same results (see Section 1.9 TerminologyFO40). In XSLT, the execution of a stylesheet defines the execution scope. This means, for example, that if the function current-dateTimeFO40 is called repeatedly during a transformation, it produces the same result each time. By implication, the components of the dynamic context on which these functions depend are also stable for the duration of the transformation. Specifically, the following components defined in Section 2.2.2 Dynamic ContextXP40 must be stable: function implementations, current dateTime, implicit timezone, available documents, available collections, and default collection. The values of global variables and stylesheet parameters are also stable for the duration of a transformation. The focus is not stable; the additional dynamic context components defined in 5.3.4 Additional Dynamic Context Components used by XSLT are also not stable.

As specified in [Functions and Operators 4.0], implementations may provide user options that relax the requirement for the docFO40 and collectionFO40 functions (and therefore, by implication, the document function) to return stable results. By default, however, the functions must be stable. The manner in which such user options are provided, if at all, is implementation-defined.

XPath expressions contained in [xsl:]use-when attributes are not considered to be evaluated “during the transformation” as defined above. For details see 3.13.3 Conditional Element Inclusion.

[Definition: A component of the context that has no value is said to be absent.] This is a distinguishable state, and is not the same as having the empty sequence as its value.

5.3.3.1 Maintaining Position: the Focus

[Definition: When a sequence constructor is evaluated, the processor keeps track of which items are being processed by means of a set of implicit variables referred to collectively as the focus.] More specifically, the focus consists of the following three values:

  • [Definition: The context item is the item currently being processed. An item (see [XDM 3.0]) is either an atomic item (such as an integer, date, or string), a node, or a function item. It changes whenever instructions such as xsl:apply-templates and xsl:for-each are used to process a sequence of items; each item in such a sequence becomes the context item while that item is being processed.] The context item is returned by the XPath expression. (dot).

    Note:

    Although XPath 4.0 allows the context value to be an arbitrary sequence, at the interface between XSLT 4.0 and XPath 4.0 it is always either a single item, or absent. XSLT 4.0 therefore continues to use the term context item rather than context valueXP40.

  • [Definition: The context position is the position of the context item within the sequence of items currently being processed. It changes whenever the context item changes. When an instruction such as xsl:apply-templates or xsl:for-each is used to process a sequence of items, the first item in the sequence is processed with a context position of 1, the second item with a context position of 2, and so on.] The context position is returned by the XPath expressionposition().

  • [Definition: The context size is the number of items in the sequence of items currently being processed. It changes whenever instructions such as xsl:apply-templates and xsl:for-each are used to process a sequence of items; during the processing of each one of those items, the context size is set to the count of the number of items in the sequence (or equivalently, the position of the last item in the sequence).] The context size is returned by the XPath expressionlast().

[Definition: If the context item is a node (as distinct from an atomic item such as an integer), then it is also referred to as the context node. The context node is not an independent variable, it changes whenever the context item changes. When the context item is an atomic item or a function item, there is no context node.] The context node is returned by the XPath expressionself::node(), and it is used as the starting node for all relative path expressions.

Where the containing element of an XPath expression is an instruction or a literal result element, the initial context item, context position, and context size for the XPath expression are the same as the context item, context position, and context size for the evaluation of the containing instruction or literal result element.

The context valueXP40 for evaluating global variables declared in the top-level package is set to the global context item supplied when the transformation is invoked (see 2.3 Initiating a Transformation). For global variables declared in a library package, the context value is absent. [XSLT 3.0 Erratum E7, bug 30179].

For an XPath expression contained in a value template, the initial context item, context position, and context size for the XPath expression are the same as the context item, context position, and context size for the evaluation of the containing sequence constructor.

In other cases (for example, where the containing element is xsl:sort, xsl:with-param, or xsl:key), the rules are given in the specification of the containing element.

The current function can be used within any XPath expression to select the item that was supplied as the context item to the XPath expression by the XSLT processor. Unlike . (dot) this is unaffected by changes to the context item that occur within the XPath expression. The current function is described in 20.4.1 fn:current.

On completion of an instruction that changes the focus (such as xsl:apply-templates or xsl:for-each), the focus reverts to its previous value.

When a stylesheet function is called, the focus within the body of the function is initially absent.

When the focus is absent, evaluation of any expression that references the context item, context position, or context size results in a type error[ERR XPDY0002] XP40

The description above gives an outline of the way the focus works. Detailed rules for the effect of each instruction are given separately with the description of that instruction. In the absence of specific rules, an instruction uses the same focus as its parent instruction.

[Definition: A singleton focus based on an item J has the context item (and therefore the context node, if J is a node) set to J, and the context position and context size both set to 1 (one).]

5.3.3.2 Other Components of the XPath Dynamic Context

The previous section explained how the focus for an XPath expression appearing in an XSLT stylesheet is initialized. This section explains how the other components of the dynamic contextXP40 of an XPath expression are initialized.

  • The dynamic variablesXP40 are the current values of the in-scope variable binding elements.

  • The dynamically known function definitionsXP40 (representing the functions accessible using function-available or function-lookupFO40) include all the functions available in the static context, and may also include an additional implementation-defined set of functions that are available dynamically but not statically.

    Note:

    This set therefore includes some functions that are not available for dynamic calling using xsl:evaluate, for example stylesheet functions whose visibility is private, and XSLT-defined functions such as current and key.

    Note:

    The rule that all functions present in the static context must always be present in the dynamic context is a consistency constraint. The effect of violating a consistency constraint is implementation-defined: it does not necessarily lead to an error. For example, if the version of a used package that is available at evaluation time does not include all public user-defined functions that were available in the version that was used at analysis time, then a processor may recover by raising an error only if the function is actually called. Conversely, if the evaluation-time version of the package includes additional public functions, these may be included in the dynamic context even though they were absent from the static context. Dynamic calling of functions using function-lookupFO40 may therefore be an effective strategy for coping with variations between versions of a library package on which a stylesheet depends.

  • The default collationXP40 is defined by the value of the [xsl:]default-collation attribute on the innermost enclosing element that has such an attribute. For details, see 3.7.2 The default-collation Attribute.

    [Definition: In this specification the term default collation means the collation that is used by XPath operators such as eq and lt appearing in XPath expressions within the stylesheet.]

    This collation is also used by default when comparing strings in the evaluation of the xsl:key and xsl:for-each-group elements. This may also (but need not necessarily) be the same as the default collation used for xsl:sort elements within the stylesheet. Collations used by xsl:sort are described in 13.1.3 Sorting Using Collations.

    Note:

    The default collation is usually known statically. One notable exception is when the function call default-collation() appears in the the initializing expression of an optional xsl:function parameter, for example:

    <xsl:function name="f:myfunc">
      <xsl:param name="collation" required="no" select="default-collation()"/>
    </xsl:function>

    In this situation the call on default-collation() returns the default collation from the context of the function call, which may differ from the default collation of the function declaration.

  • The available documentsXP40 are defined as part of the XPath 3.0 dynamic context to support the docFO40 function, but this component is also referenced by the similar XSLT document function: see 20.1 fn:document. This variable defines a mapping between URIs passed to the docFO40 or document function and the document nodes that are returned.

    The mapping from URIs to document nodes is affected by xsl:strip-space declarations and by the input-type-annotations attribute, and may therefore vary from one package to another.

    Note:

    Defining this as part of the evaluation context is a formal way of specifying that the way in which URIs get turned into document nodes is outside the control of the language specification, and depends entirely on the run-time environment in which the transformation takes place.

    The XSLT-defined document function allows the use of URI references containing fragment identifiers. The interpretation of a fragment identifier depends on the media type of the resource representation. Therefore, the information supplied in available documentsXP40 for XSLT processing must provide not only a mapping from URIs to document nodes as required by XPath, but also a mapping from URIs to media types.

  • All other aspects of the dynamic context (for example, the current date and time, the implicit timezone, the default language, calendar, and place, the available documents, text resources, and collections, and the default collection) are implementation-defined, and do not change in the course of a single transformation, except to the extent that they may be different from one package to another.

5.3.4 Additional Dynamic Context Components used by XSLT

In addition to the values that make up the focus, an XSLT processor maintains a number of other dynamic context components that reflect aspects of the evaluation context. These components are fully described in the sections of the specification that maintain and use them. They are:

The following non-normative table summarizes the initial state of each of the components in the evaluation context, and the instructions which cause the state of the component to change.

Components of the Dynamic Evaluation Context
ComponentInitial SettingSet byCleared by
focusSee 2.3 Initiating a Transformation.xsl:apply-templates, xsl:for-each, xsl:for-each-group, xsl:analyze-string, evaluation of patternsCalls to stylesheet functions
current template ruleIf apply-templates invocation is used (see 2.3.3 Apply-Templates Invocation), then for each item in the initial match selection, the current template rule is initially set to the template rule chosen for processing that item. Otherwise, absent. xsl:apply-templates, xsl:apply-imports, xsl:next-matchSee 6.9 Overriding Template Rules.
current modethe initial modexsl:apply-templatesCalls to stylesheet functions. Also cleared while evaluating global variables and stylesheet parameters, patterns, and the sequence constructor contained in xsl:key or xsl:sort. Clearing the current mode causes the current mode to be set to the default (unnamed) mode.
current groupabsentxsl:for-each-groupSee 14.2.1 fn:current-group.
current grouping keyabsentxsl:for-each-groupSee 14.2.2 fn:current-grouping-key.
current merge groupabsentxsl:mergeSee 15.6.1 fn:current-merge-group.
current merge keyabsentxsl:mergeSee 15.6.2 fn:current-merge-key.
current captured substringsempty sequencexsl:matching-substringxsl:non-matching-substring; Calls to stylesheet functions, dynamic function calls, evaluation of global variables, stylesheet parameters, and patterns
output statefinal output stateSet to temporary output state by instructions such as xsl:variable, xsl:attribute, etc., and by calls on stylesheet functionsNone
current output URIbase output URIxsl:result-documentCalls to stylesheet functions, dynamic function calls, evaluation of global variables, stylesheet parameters, and patterns.

[Definition: The initial setting of a component of the dynamic context is used when evaluating global variables and stylesheet parameters, when evaluating the use and match attributes of xsl:key, and when evaluating the initial-value of xsl:accumulator and the select expressions or contained sequence constructors of xsl:accumulator-rule].

[Definition: The term non-contextual function call is used to refer to function calls that do not pass the dynamic context to the called function. This includes all calls on stylesheet functions and all dynamic function invocationsXP40, (that is calls to function items as permitted by XPath 3.0). It excludes calls to some functions in the namespace http://www.w3.org/2005/xpath-functions, in particular those that explicitly depend on the context, such as the current-group and regex-group functions. It is implementation-defined whether, and under what circumstances, calls to extension functions are non-contextual.]

Named function references (such as position#0) and calls on function-lookupFO40 (for example, function-lookup("position", 0)) are defined to retain the XPath static and dynamic context at the point of invocation as part of the closure of the resulting function item, and to use this preserved context when a dynamic function call is subsequently made using the function item. This rule does not extend to the XSLT extensions to the dynamic context defined in this section. If a dynamic function call is made that depends on the XSLT part of the dynamic context (for example, regex-group#1(2)), then the relevant components of the context are cleared as described in the table above.

5.4 Patterns

In XSLT 4.0, patterns can match any kind of item: atomic items and function items as well as nodes.

A template rule identifies the items to which it applies by means of a pattern. As well as being used in template rules, patterns are used for numbering (see 12 Numbering), for grouping (see 14 Grouping), and for declaring keys (see 20.2 Keys).

[Definition: A pattern specifies a set of conditions on an item. An item that satisfies the conditions matches the pattern; an item that does not satisfy the conditions does not match the pattern.]

There are three kinds of pattern: predicate patterns, type patterns, and node patterns:

  • [Definition: A predicate pattern is written as . (dot) followed by zero or more predicates in square brackets, and it matches any item for which each of the predicates evaluates to true.]

    A predicate pattern .[P1][P2]... can be regarded as an abbreviation for the type pattern type(item())[P1][P2]....

    The detailed semantics are given in 5.4.2.1 Predicate Patterns. This construct can be used to match items of any kind (nodes, atomic items, and function items). For example, the pattern .[starts-with(., '$')] matches any string that starts with the character $, or a node whose atomized value starts with $. This example shows a predicate pattern with a single predicate, but the grammar allows any number of predicates (zero or more).

  • [Definition: A type pattern can be written as type(T) (where T is an ItemTypeXP40 followed by zero or more predicates in square brackets, and it matches any item of type T which each of the predicates evaluates to true.]

    The parameter T can also be a list of item types, separated by "|". For example, type(array(*) | map(*)) matches arrays and maps, while type(text() | comment()) matches text nodes and comment nodes.

    The most commonly used type patterns can be abbreviated. For example, match="type(record(F1, F2, *))" can be abbrevated to match="record(F1, F2, *)", and match="type(array(xs:string))" can be abbreviated to match="array(xs:string)". The main case where such abbreviation is not possible is with atomic items: match="type(xs:date)" cannot be abbreviated because a bare QName is interpreted as a node pattern, matching elements named xs:date. The pattern match="type(text() | comment())" has almost the same effect as match="text() | comment()", except that the rules for calculating a default priority are different.

  • [Definition: A node pattern uses a subset of the syntax for path expressions, and is defined to match a node if the corresponding path expression would select the node. Node patterns may also be formed by combining other patterns using union, intersection, and difference operators.]

    The syntax for node patterns (UnionExprP in the grammar: see 5.4.2 Syntax of Patterns) is a subset of the syntax for expressions. Node patterns are used only for matching nodes; an item other than a node will never match a node pattern. As explained in detail below, a node matches a node pattern if the node can be selected by deriving an equivalent expression, and evaluating this expression with respect to some possible context.

Note:

The specification uses the phrases an item matches a pattern and a pattern matches an item interchangeably. They are equivalent: an item matches a pattern if and only if the pattern matches the item.

5.4.1 Examples of Patterns

Example: Patterns

Here are some examples of patterns:

  • Predicate Patterns:

    1. . matches any item.

    2. .[. castable as xs:date] matches any item that can be successfully cast to xs:date: for example, an xs:date or xs:dateTime value, or a string in the lexical form of a date, or a node whose typed value is an xs:date or a string in the form of a date.

    3. .[string() => matches('^[0-9]$')] matches any item whose string value is a sequence of digits.

    4. .[. castable as xs:date][xs:date(.) le current-date()] matches any item that is castable to xs:date provided that the result of casting the value to xs:date is a date in the past.

  • Type Patterns

    1. type(item()) matches any item.

    2. type(node()) matches any node. (Note the distinction from the pattern node().)

    3. type(xs:date) matches any atomic item of type xs:date (or a type derived by restriction from xs:date).

    4. type(xs:date)[. gt current-date()] matches any date in the future.

    5. type(xs:string)[starts-with(., 'e')] matches any xs:string value that starts with the letter e. Note there is no type conversion; the pattern will not match an xs:untypedAtomic or xs:anyURI value, nor will it match any node.

    6. type(fn(*)) matches any function item.

    7. type(fn($x as xs:integer) as xs:boolean)[.(42)] matches any function that accepts an xs:integer argument and returns a boolean result, provided that the result of calling the function with the argument value 42 is true.

    8. type(xs:date | xs:dateTime | xs:time) matches any atomic item that is an instance of xs:date, xs:dateTime, or xs:time.

    9. type(array(xs:date) | array(xs:dateTime) | array(xs:time)) matches any array whose members are all of type xs:date, any array whose members are all of type xs:dateTime, or any array whose members are all of type xs:time.

    10. type(map((xs:string|xs:untypedAtomic), *) matches any map whose keys are all instances of xs:string or xs:untypedAtomic.

    11. enum("red", "green", "blue") matches any one of the three strings "red", "green", or "blue".

    12. record(first, last, *)[?location = 'UK'] matches any map whose keys include the strings "first" and "last", and that also has an entry with key "location" whose value is "UK".

    13. record(longitude, latitude) matches any map with two entries whose keys are the strings "longitude" and "latitude".

    14. array(xs:integer)[array:size(.) eq 4] matches any array of four integers.

    15. array(record(first, last, *)) matches any array of maps where each map contains entries with keys "first" and "last". (Note that this includes the empty array).

    16. array(record(first, last, *))[array:size(.) gt 0] matches any non-empty array of maps where each map contains entries with keys "first" and "last".

    17. type(complex) matches any value that is an instance of the item type declared in an xsl:item-type declaration with name "complex"

    18. type(complex)[?i eq 0] matches any value that is an instance of the item type declared in an xsl:item-type declaration with name "complex" and that is a map with an entry having key i and value zero.

  • Node Patterns

    1. * matches any element.

    2. para matches any para element.

    3. chapter|appendix matches any chapter element and any appendix element.

    4. child::(chapter|appendix) matches any chapter element and any appendix element. Note that although the child axis is explicitly written, an element can match even though it has no parent.

    5. olist/entry matches any entry element with an olist parent.

    6. appendix//para matches any para element with an appendix ancestor element.

    7. appendix/descendant::(para|table) matches any para or tableelement with an appendix ancestor element.

    8. schema-element(us:address) matches any element that is annotated as an instance of the type defined by the schema element declaration us:address, and whose name is either us:address or the name of another element in its substitution group.

    9. attribute(*, xs:date) matches any attribute annotated as being of type xs:date.

    10. / matches a document node.

    11. document-node() matches a document node.

    12. document-node(schema-element(my:invoice)) matches the document node of a document whose document element is named my:invoice and matches the type defined by the global element declaration my:invoice.

    13. text() matches any text node.

    14. namespace-node() matches any namespace node.

    15. node() matches any node other than an attribute node, namespace node, or document node.

    16. id("W33") matches the element with unique ID W33.

    17. para[1] matches any para element that is the first para child element of its parent. It also matches a parentless para element.

    18. //para matches any para element in a tree that is rooted at a document node.

    19. bullet[position() mod 2 = 0] matches any bullet element that is an even-numbered bullet child of its parent.

    20. div[@class="appendix"]//p matches any p element with a div ancestor element that has a class attribute with value appendix.

    21. @class matches any class attribute (not any element that has a class attribute).

    22. @(class|type|kind) matches any attribute named class or type or kind.

    23. @* matches any attribute node.

    24. $xyz matches any node that is present in the value of the variable $xyz.

    25. $xyz//* matches any element that is a descendant of a node that is present in the value of the variable $xyz.

    26. doc('product.xml')//* matches any element within the document whose document URI is product.xml.

5.4.2 Syntax of Patterns

[ERR XTSE0340] Where an attribute is defined to contain a pattern, it is a static error if the pattern does not match the production Pattern40.

The grammar for patterns uses the notation defined in Section A.1.1 NotationXP40.

The lexical rules for patterns are the same as the lexical rules for XPath expressions, as defined in Section A.3 Lexical structureXP40. Comments are permitted between tokens, using the syntax (: ... :). All other provisions of the XPath grammar apply where relevant, for example the rules for whitespace handling and extra-grammatical constraints.

Pattern40::=PredicatePattern | TypePattern | NodePattern
PredicatePattern::="." PredicateXP40*
TypePattern::=(WrappedItemTest | AnyItemTestXP40 | FunctionTypeXP40 | MapTypeXP40 | ArrayTypeXP40 | RecordTypeXP40 | EnumerationTypeXP40) PredicateXP40*
NodePattern::=UnionExprP

Patterns fall into three groups:

  • A PredicatePattern matches items according to conditions that the item must satisfy: for example .[. castable as xs:integer] matches any value (it might be an atomic item, a node, or an array) that is castable as an integer.

  • A TypePattern matches items according to their type. For example type(xs:integer) matches an atomic item that is an instance of xs:integer, while record(longitude, latitude) matches a map that has exactly two entries, with keys "longitude" and "latitude"

  • A NodePattern matches nodes in a tree, typically by specifying a path that can be used to locate the nodes: for example order matches an element node named order, while billing-address/city matches an element named city whose parent node is an element named billing-address.

The following sections define the rules for each of these groups.

5.4.2.1 Predicate Patterns
PredicatePattern::="." PredicateXP40*
Predicate::="[" ExprXP40 "]"

A PredicatePatternPP matches an item J if and only if the XPath expression taking the same form as PP returns a non-empty sequence when evaluated with a singleton focus based on J.

Note:

The pattern ., which is a PredicatePattern with no predicates, matches every item.

A predicate with the numeric value 1 (one) always matches, and a predicate with any other numeric value never matches. Numeric predicates in a PredicatePattern are therefore not useful, but are defined this way in the interests of consistency with XPath.

For example, the pattern .[contains(., "XSLT")] matches any item whose atomized value contains "XSLT" as a substring. It matches values such as the string "XSLT Transformations", the xs:anyURI value http://www.w3.org/TR/XSLT, the attribute node class="XSD XSLT XPath", and the singleton array [ "XSLT 4.0" ].

Note:

Evaluation of this example pattern may fail with a dynamic error if the item in question has an atomized value that is not a string, or that is a sequence of strings: an example might be the array [ "XSLT", 1999 ]. It will also fail if the item cannot be atomized, for example if it is a map. The rules in 5.4.3 Errors in Patterns cause these errors to be masked: they simply result in the pattern being treated as non-matching.

5.4.2.2 Type Patterns

Changes in 4.0  

  1. Patterns (especially those used in template rules) can now be defined by reference to item types, so any item type can be used as a match pattern. For example match="record(longitude, latitude, *)" matches any map that includes the key values "longitude" and "latitude".   [Issue 400 PR 401 21 March 2023]

TypePattern::=(WrappedItemTest | AnyItemTestXP40 | FunctionTypeXP40 | MapTypeXP40 | ArrayTypeXP40 | RecordTypeXP40 | EnumerationTypeXP40) PredicateXP40*
WrappedItemTest::="type" ChoiceItemTypeXP40
ChoiceItemType::="(" (ItemTypeXP40 ++ "|") ")"
AnyItemTest::="item" "(" ")"
FunctionType::=AnyFunctionTypeXP40
| TypedFunctionTypeXP40
MapType::=AnyMapTypeXP40 | TypedMapTypeXP40
ArrayType::=AnyArrayTypeXP40 | TypedArrayTypeXP40
RecordType::=AnyRecordTypeXP40 | TypedRecordTypeXP40
FieldDeclaration::=FieldNameXP40 "?"? ("as" SequenceTypeXP40)?
FieldName::=NCNameXP40 | StringLiteralXP40
ExtensibleFlag::="," "*"
EnumerationType::="enum" "(" (StringLiteralXP40 ++ ",") ")"
TypeName::=EQNameXP40
Predicate::="[" ExprXP40 "]"

A type pattern tests whether an item matches a given item type, optionally qualified with one or more predicates that the value must also satisfy.

The general-purpose construct type(ItemType) allows any ItemType to be used in a pattern. Where syntactic constraints permit, many ItemTypes can also be used directly: for example type(item()) can be abbreviated as item().

For example:

  • type(xs:integer) matches any instance of xs:integer

  • type(xs:integer)[. gt 0] matches any positive integer.

  • type(xs:string | xs:untypedAtomic)[matches(., '[0-9]+')] matches any instance of xs:string or xs:untypedAtomic that contains a sequence of decimal digits.

  • type(node()) matches any node. (This is not the same as the pattern node(), which for historical reasons only matches element, text, comment, and processing instruction nodes).

More formally, an item $J matches a pattern type(T)[P1][P2][P3] if the XPath expression $J instance of T and exists($J[P1][P2]P3]) is true.

Note:

As with predicate patterns, numeric predicates are allowed, but serve no useful purpose.

A pattern written as record(A, B, C) is an abbreviation for type(record(A, B, C)) (retaining any predicates). For example, the pattern record(first, last, *)[?first eq "Sharon"] matches any map having entries with the string-valued keys "first" and "last", where the entry for the key "first" is equal to the string "Sharon".

Note:

The item type in a pattern can be any ItemType, but patterns that match nodes can usually be expressed more economically as a NodeTest: for example match="type(element(PERSON))" has the same meaning as match="element(PERSON)", which in turn is usually abbreviated to match="PERSON".

Although match="type(element(PERSON))" matches exactly the same items as match="PERSON", the priority relative to other template rules (in the absence of an explicit priority attribute) may be different.

5.4.2.3 Node Patterns

Changes in 4.0  

  1. A function call at the outermost level can now be named using any valid EQName (for example fn:doc) provided it binds to one of the permitted functions fn:docFO40, fn:idFO40, fn:element-with-idFO40, fn:key, or fn:rootFO40. If two functions are called, for example doc('a.xml')/id('abc'), it is no longer necessary to put the second call in parentheses.   [Issue 1375 ]

NodePattern::=UnionExprP
UnionExprP::=IntersectExceptExprP (("union" | "|") IntersectExceptExprP)*
IntersectExceptExprP::=PathExprP (("intersect" | "except") PathExprP)*
PathExprP::=RootedPath
| ("/" RelativePathExprP?)
| ("//" RelativePathExprP)
| RelativePathExprP
RootedPath::=(VarRefXP40 | FunctionCallP) PredicateXP40* (("/" | "//") RelativePathExprP)?
FunctionCallP::=OuterFunctionNameArgumentListP
OuterFunctionName::=EQNameXP40
ArgumentListP::="(" (ArgumentP ** ",") ")"
ArgumentP::=VarRefXP40 | LiteralXP40
RelativePathExprP::=StepExprP (("/" | "//") StepExprP)*
StepExprP::=PostfixExprP | AxisStepP
PostfixExprP::=(FunctionCallP | ParenthesizedExprP) PredicateXP40*
ParenthesizedExprP::="(" UnionExprP ")"
AxisStepP::=ForwardStepPPredicateXP40*
ForwardStepP::=(ForwardAxisPNodeTestXP40) | AbbrevForwardStepXP40
ForwardAxisP::=("child" "::")
| ("descendant" "::")
| ("attribute" "::")
| ("self" "::")
| ("descendant-or-self" "::")
| ("namespace" "::")

Node Patterns are used to match XDM nodes.

The names of these constructs are chosen to align with the XPath 3.0 grammar. Constructs whose names are suffixed with P are restricted forms of the corresponding XPath 3.0 construct without the suffix. Constructs labeled with the suffix “XP40” are defined in [XPath 4.0].

In a FunctionCallP, the EQName used for the function name must bind to one of the functions fn:doc#1FO40, fn:id#1FO40, fn:id#2FO40, fn:element-with-id#1FO40, fn:element-with-id#2FO40fn:key#2, fn:key#3 or fn:root#0FO40.

Note:

In the case of a call to the fn:rootFO40 function, the argument list must be empty: that is, only the zero-arity form of the function is allowed.

Note:

As with XPath expressions, the pattern / union /* can be parsed in two different ways, and the chosen interpretation is to treat union as an element name rather than as an operator. The other interpretation can be achieved by writing (/) union (/*)

5.4.2.4 The Meaning of a Node Pattern

The meaning of a node pattern is defined formally as follows, where “if” is to be read as “if and only if”.

The pattern is converted to an expression, called the equivalent expression. The equivalent expression to a Pattern is the XPath expression that takes the same lexical form as the Pattern as written, with the following adjustment:

  • If any PathExprP in the Pattern is a RelativePathExprP, then the first StepExprPPS of this RelativePathExprP is adjusted to allow it to match a parentless element, attribute, or namespace node. The adjustment depends on the axis used in this step, whether it appears explicitly or implicitly (according to the rules of Section 4.6.7 Abbreviated SyntaxXP40), and is made as follows:

    1. If the NodeTest in PS is document-node() (optionally with arguments), and if no explicit axis is specified, then the axis in step PS is taken as self rather than child.

    2. If PS uses the child axis (explicitly or implicitly), and if the NodeTest in PS is not document-node() (optionally with arguments), then the axis in step PS is replaced by child-or-top, which is defined as follows. If the context node is a parentless element, comment, processing-instruction, or text node then the child-or-top axis selects the context node; otherwise it selects the children of the context node. It is a forwards axis whose principal node kind is element.

    3. If PS uses the attribute axis (explicitly or implicitly), then the axis in step PS is replaced by attribute-or-top, which is defined as follows. If the context node is an attribute node with no parent, then the attribute-or-top axis selects the context node; otherwise it selects the attributes of the context node. It is a forwards axis whose principal node kind is attribute.

    4. If PS uses the namespace axis (explicitly or implicitly), then the axis in step PS is replaced by namespace-or-top, which is defined as follows. If the context node is a namespace node with no parent, then the namespace-or-top axis selects the context node; otherwise it selects the namespace nodes of the context node. It is a forwards axis whose principal node kind is namespace.

    The axes child-or-top, attribute-or-top, and namespace-or-top are introduced only for definitional purposes. They cannot be used explicitly in a user-written pattern or expression.

    Note:

    The purpose of this adjustment is to ensure that a pattern such as person matches any element named person, even if it has no parent; and similarly, that the pattern @width matches any attribute named width, even a parentless attribute. The rule also ensures that a pattern using a NodeTest of the form document-node(...) matches a document node. The pattern node() will match any element, text node, comment, or processing instruction, whether or not it has a parent. For backwards compatibility reasons, the pattern node(), when used without an explicit axis, does not match document nodes, attribute nodes, or namespace nodes. The rules are also phrased to ensure that positional patterns of the form para[1] continue to count nodes relative to their parent, if they have one. To match any node at all, XSLT 4.0 allows the pattern .[. instance of node()] to be used.

The meaning of the pattern is then defined in terms of the semantics of the equivalent expression, denoted below as EE.

Specifically, an item N matches a pattern P if the following applies, where EE is the equivalent expression to P:

  1. N is a node, and the result of evaluating the expression root(.)//(EE) with a singleton focus based on N is a sequence that includes the node N

If a pattern appears in an attribute of an element that is processed with XSLT 1.0 behavior (see 3.9 Backwards Compatible Processing), then the semantics of the pattern are defined on the basis that the equivalent XPath expression is evaluated with XPath 1.0 compatibility mode set to true.

Example: The Semantics of Node Patterns

The node patternp matches any p element, because a p element will always be present in the result of evaluating the expressionroot(.)//(child-or-top::p). Similarly, / matches a document node, and only a document node, because the result of the expressionroot(.)//(/) returns the root node of the tree containing the context node if and only if it is a document node.

The node patternnode() matches all nodes selected by the expression root(.)//(child-or-top::node()), that is, all element, text, comment, and processing instruction nodes, whether or not they have a parent. It does not match attribute or namespace nodes because the expression does not select nodes using the attribute or namespace axes. It does not match document nodes because for backwards compatibility reasons the child-or-top axis does not match a document node.

Note:

The pattern type(node()) matches all nodes.

The node pattern$V matches all nodes selected by the expression root(.)//($V), that is, all nodes in the value of $V (which will typically be a global variable, though when the pattern is used in contexts such as the xsl:number or xsl:for-each-group instructions, it can also be a local variable).

The node patterndoc('product.xml')//product matches all nodes selected by the expression root(.)//(doc('product.xml')//product), that is, all product elements in the document whose URI is product.xml.

The node patternroot(.)/self::E matches an E element that is the root of a tree (that is, an E element with no parent node).

Although the semantics of node patterns are specified formally in terms of expression evaluation, it is possible to understand pattern matching using a different model. A node pattern such as book/chapter/section can be examined from right to left. A node will only match this pattern if it is a section element; and then, only if its parent is a chapter; and then, only if the parent of that chapter is a book. When the pattern uses the // operator, one can still read it from right to left, but this time testing the ancestors of a node rather than its parent. For example appendix//section matches every section element that has an ancestor appendix element.

The formal definition, however, is useful for understanding the meaning of a pattern such as para[1]. This matches any node selected by the expression root(.)//(child-or-top::para[1]): that is, any para element that is the first para child of its parent, or a para element that has no parent.

Note:

An implementation, of course, may use any algorithm it wishes for evaluating patterns, so long as the result corresponds with the formal definition above. An implementation that followed the formal definition by evaluating the equivalent expression and then testing the membership of a specific node in the result would probably be very inefficient.

Note:

Patterns using the intersect and except operators do not always have the intuitive meaning: in particular, it is not always the case that a node matches A except B if it matches A but does not match B.

For example, consider the pattern para except appendix//para. This expands to root(.)/descendant-or-self::node()/(child::para except child::appendix//para). Since for a given parent node, the results of child::para and child::appendix are disjoint, the right-hand operand of except has no effect.

The effect of matching all paragraphs except those within an appendix can be achieved using the pattern para except //appendix//para; alternatively, use para[not(ancestor::appendix)].

Simpler patterns such as @* except @code generally have the expected effect; the complications arise mainly when non-trivial relative paths are used.

5.4.3 Errors in Patterns

A dynamic error or type error that occurs during the evaluation of a pattern against a particular item has the effect that the item being tested is treated as not matching the pattern. The error does not cause the transformation to fail, and cannot be caught by a try/catch expression surrounding the instruction that causes the pattern to be evaluated.

Note:

The reason for this provision is that it is difficult for the stylesheet author to predict which predicates in a pattern will actually be evaluated. In the case of match patterns in template rules, it is not even possible to predict which patterns will be evaluated against a particular node.

There is a risk that ignoring errors in this way may make programming mistakes harder to debug. Implementations may mitigate this by providing warnings or other diagnostics when evaluation of a pattern triggers an error condition.

Static errors in patterns, including dynamic and type errors that are raised statically as permitted by the specification, are raised in the normal way and cause the transformation to fail.

The requirement to detect and raise a circularity as a dynamic error overrides this rule.

5.5 Defining Named Item Types

Changes in 4.0  

  1. Named item types can be declared using the new xsl:item-type element. This is designed to avoid repeating lengthy type definitions (for example function types and record types) every time they are used. [This feature was present in the editor's draft presented to the WG when it started work.]   [  1 January 2022]

<!-- Category: declaration -->
<xsl:item-type
  name = eqname
  as? = item-type
  visibility? = "private" | "final" />

An xsl:item-type declaration associates a name with an item type, and allows the type to be referenced by name throughout the stylesheet package.

The following example declares a named item type for complex numbers, and uses it in a variable declaration and a function declaration.

<xsl:item-type name="cx:complex" as="record(r as xs:double, i as xs:double)"/>

<xsl:variable name="i" as="cx:complex" select="cx:complex(0, 1)"/>

<xsl:function name="cx:add" as="cx:complex">
  <xsl:param name="x" as="cx:complex"/>
  <xsl:param name="y" as="cx:complex"/>
  <xsl:sequence select="cx:complex($x?r + $y?r, $x?i + $y?i)"/>
</xsl:function>

Note how the item type declaration has implicitly declared a constructor function cx:complex that can be used to create instances of the item type; details of this mechanism are at Section 4.17.4 Constructor FunctionsXP40.

Using named item types makes the stylesheet more readable, and improves potential for change: a change to the way complex numbers are implemented in this example is less likely to affect users of the function library. However, named item types do not provide true encapsulation or information hiding; users of the function library can still treat complex numbers as raw maps if they wish.

The xsl:item-type declaration adds an entry to the in-scope named item typesXP40 component of the static context for XPath expressions, and also becomes available for use wherever XSLT allows an ItemType to appear.

The scope of a named item type is the package in which it is declared. If it is declared with visibility="final" then it also becomes available for use in using packages. Named item types cannot be overridden in a using package, so the only permitted values for visibility are private and final.

The name of the item type is the expanded name formed by resolving the name attribute. A lexical QName with no prefix is treated as a no-namespace name.

If two xsl:item-type declarations in a package have the same name, then the one with higher import precedence is used.

[ERR XTSE4030] It is a static error if a package contains two xsl:item-type declarations having the same import precedence, unless there is another definition of the same item type with higher import precedence.

An item type declaration may refer directly or indirectly to itself if it satisfies the conditions defined in Section 3.2.8.4 Recursive Record TypesXP40. This allows types to be declared that match recursive data structures such as linked lists and trees.

[ERR XTSE4035] It is a static error for an item type named N to contain in its as attribute a reference to N, or to an item type that references N directly or indirectly, unless it satisfies the conditions defined in Section 3.2.8.4 Recursive Record TypesXP40.

TODO: add named item types to xsl:accept and xsl:expose. Clarify that when a function or variable is exported to a different package, its declared type/signature uses the expanded form of any named item type; there is no requirement for the using package to know the named item types. But it becomes easier to use the exposed variables and functions if the names of the types are exposed too.

5.6 Defining a Decimal Format

Changes in 4.0  

  1. The strings used in the formatted number to represent a decimal separator, grouping separator, exponent separator, percent sign, per mille sign, or minus sign, are no longer constrained to be single characters.   [Issue 1048 PR 1250 3 June 2024]

The definition of the format-numberFO40 function is now in [Functions and Operators 4.0]. This section is a specification of the xsl:decimal-format declaration, which provides the context for this function when used in an XSLT stylesheet.

<!-- Category: declaration -->
<xsl:decimal-format
  name? = eqname
  decimal-separator? = string〔'.'〕
  grouping-separator? = string〔','〕
  infinity? = string〔'Infinity'〕
  minus-sign? = string〔'-'〕
  exponent-separator? = string〔'e'〕
  NaN? = string〔'NaN'〕
  percent? = string〔'%'〕
  per-mille? = string〔'‰'〕
  zero-digit? = char〔'0'〕
  digit? = char〔'#'〕
  pattern-separator? = char〔';'〕 />

The xsl:decimal-format element sets the statically known decimal formats component of the static context for XPath expressions, which controls the interpretation of a picture string used by the format-numberFO40 function.

[Definition: The picture string is the string supplied as the second argument of the format-numberFO40 function.]

A package may contain multiple xsl:decimal-format declarations and may include or import stylesheet modules that also contain xsl:decimal-format declarations. The name of an xsl:decimal-format declaration is the value of its name attribute, if any.

[Definition: All the xsl:decimal-format declarations in a package that share the same name are grouped into a named decimal format; those that have no name are grouped into a single unnamed decimal format.]

The attributes of the xsl:decimal-format declaration define the value of the corresponding property in the relevant decimal format in the statically known decimal formatsXP40 component of the static context for all XPath expressions in the package. The attribute names used in the XSLT 4.0 syntax are the same as the property names used in the definition of the static context.

The scope of an xsl:decimal-format name is the package in which it is declared; the name is available for use only in calls to format-numberFO40 that appear within the same package.

If a package does not contain a declaration of the unnamed decimal format, a declaration equivalent to an xsl:decimal-format element with no attributes is implied.

The attributes of the xsl:decimal-format declaration establish values for a number of variables used as input to the algorithm followed by the format-numberFO40 function. An outline of the purpose of each attribute is given below; however, the definitive explanations are given as part of the specification of format-numberFO40.

For any named decimal format, the effective value of each attribute is taken from an xsl:decimal-format declaration that has that name, and that specifies an explicit value for the required attribute. If there is no such declaration, the default value of the attribute is used. If there is more than one such declaration, the one with highest import precedence is used.

For any unnamed decimal format, the effective value of each attribute is taken from an xsl:decimal-format declaration that is unnamed, and that specifies an explicit value for the required attribute. If there is no such declaration, the default value of the attribute is used. If there is more than one such declaration, the one with highest import precedence is used.

[ERR XTSE1290] It is a static error if a named or unnamed decimal format contains two conflicting values for the same attribute in different xsl:decimal-format declarations having the same import precedence, unless there is another definition of the same attribute with higher import precedence.

The following attributes control the interpretation of characters in the picture string supplied to the format-numberFO40 function, and also specify characters that may appear in the result of formatting the number. In each case the value must either be a single character, or a string in the form m:r where m is a single character (the marker) used to represent the property in the picture string, and r (the rendition) is an arbitrary string used to represent the property in the formatted result: [see ERR XTSE0020].

  • decimal-separator specifies the string used to separate the integer part from the fractional part of the formatted number; the default value is U+002E (FULL STOP, PERIOD, .) .

  • exponent-separator specifies the string used to separate the mantissa from the exponent in scientific notation; the default value is U+0065 (LATIN SMALL LETTER E, e) .

  • grouping-separator specifies the string typically used as a thousands separator; the default value is U+002C (COMMA, ,) .

  • percent specifies the string used to indicate that the number is represented as a per-hundred fraction; the default value is U+0025 (PERCENT SIGN, %) .

  • per-mille specifies the string used to indicate that the number is represented as a per-thousand fraction; the default value is U+2030 (PER MILLE SIGN, ) .

[ERR XTSE1295] It is a static error if the character specified in the zero-digit attribute is not a digit or is a digit that does not have the numeric value zero.

The following attributes control the interpretation of characters in the picture string supplied to the format-numberFO40 function. In each case the value must be a single character [see ERR XTSE0020]. The zero-digit property also affects the characters used to render digits in the formatted result:

  • zero-digit specifies the character used to represent the digit zero; the default value is U+0030 (DIGIT ZERO, 0) . This character must be a digit (category Nd in the Unicode property database), and it must have the numeric value zero. This attribute implicitly defines the Unicode character that is used to represent each of the values 0 to 9 in the final result string: Unicode is organized so that each set of decimal digits forms a contiguous block of characters in numerical sequence.

  • digit specifies the character used in the picture string as a place-holder for an optional digit; the default value is U+0023 (NUMBER SIGN, #) .

  • pattern-separator specifies the character used to separate positive and negative sub-pictures in a picture string; the default value is U+003B (SEMICOLON, ;) .

The following attributes specify strings that may appear in the result of formatting the number:

  • infinity specifies the string used to represent the xs:double value INF; the default value is the string Infinity

  • NaN specifies the string used to represent the xs:double value NaN (not-a-number); the default value is the string NaN

  • minus-sign specifies the string used to represent a negative number; the default value is U+002D (HYPHEN-MINUS, -) .

[ERR XTSE1300] It is a static error if, for any named or unnamed decimal format, the properties identifying marker characters to be used in a picture string do not identify distinct values. These properties are decimal-separator, grouping-separator, exponent-separator, percent, per-mille, zero-digit, digit, and pattern-separator.

Every (named or unnamed) decimal format defined in a package is added to the statically known decimal formatsXP40 in the static contextXP40 of every expression in the package, excluding expressions appearing in [xsl:]use-when attributes.

5.7 Value Templates

The string value of an attribute or text node in the stylesheet may in particular circumstances contain embedded expressions enclosed between curly brackets. Attributes and text nodes that use (or are permitted to use) this mechanism are referred to respectively as attribute value templates and text value templates.

[Definition: Collectively, attribute value templates and text value templates are referred to as value templates.]

A value template is a string consisting of an alternating sequence of fixed parts and variable parts:

  • A variable part consists of an optional XPath expression enclosed in curly brackets ({}): more specifically, a string conforming to the XPath production Expr?.

    Note:

    An expression within a variable part may contain an unescaped curly bracket within a StringLiteralXP40 or within a comment.

    Currently no XPath expression starts with an opening curly bracket, so the use of {{ creates no ambiguity. If an enclosed expression ends with a closing curly bracket, no whitespace is required between this and the closing delimiter.

    The fact that the expression is optional means that the string contained between the curly brackets may be zero-length, may comprise whitespace only, or may contain XPath comments. The effective value in this case is a zero-length string, which is equivalent to omitting the variable part entirely, together with its curly-bracket delimiters.

  • A fixed part may contain any characters, except that a left curly bracket must be written as {{ and a right curly bracket must be written as }}.

[ERR XTSE0350] It is a static error if an unescaped left curly bracket appears in a fixed part of a value template without a matching right curly bracket.

It is a static error if the string contained between matching curly brackets in a value template does not match the XPath production Expr?XP40, or if it contains other XPath static errors. The error is raised using the appropriate XPath error code.

[ERR XTSE0370] It is a static error if an unescaped right curly bracket occurs in a fixed part of a value template.

The result of evaluating a value template is referred to as its effective value. The effective value is the string obtained by concatenating the expansions of the fixed and variable parts:

  • The expansion of a fixed part is obtained by replacing any double curly brackets ({{ or }}) by the corresponding single curly bracket.

  • The expansion of a variable part is as follows:

    • If an expression is present, the result of evaluating the enclosed XPath expression and converting the resulting value to a string. This conversion is done using the rules given in 5.8.2 Constructing Simple Content.

    • If the expression is omitted, a zero-length string.

Note:

This process can raise dynamic errors, for example if the sequence contains an element with a complex content type (which cannot be atomized).

In the case of an attribute value template, the effective value becomes the string value of the new attribute node. In the case of a text value template, the effective value becomes the string value of the new text node.

5.7.1 Attribute Value Templates

[Definition: In an attribute that is designated as an attribute value template, such as an attribute of a literal result element, an expression can be used by surrounding the expression with curly brackets ({}), following the general rules for value templates].

Curly brackets are not treated specially in an attribute value in an XSLT stylesheet unless the attribute is specifically designated as one that permits an attribute value template; in an element syntax summary, the value of such attributes is surrounded by curly brackets.

Note:

Not all attributes are designated as attribute value templates. Attributes whose value is an expression or pattern, attributes of declaration elements and attributes that refer to named XSLT objects are generally not designated as attribute value templates (an exception is the format attribute of xsl:result-document). Namespace declarations are not XDM attribute nodes and are therefore never treated as attribute value templates.

If the element containing the attribute is processed with XSLT 1.0 behavior, then the rules for converting the value of the expression to a string (given in 5.7 Value Templates) are modified as follows. After atomizing the result of the expression, all items other than the first item in the resulting sequence are discarded, and the effective value is obtained by converting the first item in the sequence to a string. If the atomized sequence is empty, the result is a zero-length string.

Note:

The above rule applies to attribute value templates but not to text value templates, since the latter were not available in XSLT 1.0.

Example: Attribute Value Templates

The following example creates an img result element from a photograph element in the source; the value of the src and width attributes are computed using XPath expressions enclosed in attribute value templates:

<xsl:variable name="image-dir" select="'/images'"/>

<xsl:template match="photograph">
  <img src="{ $image-dir }/{ href }" width="{ size/@width }"/>
</xsl:template>

With this source

<photograph>
  <href>headquarters.jpg</href>
  <size width="300"/>
</photograph>

the result would be

<img src="/images/headquarters.jpg" width="300"/>

 

Example: Producing a Space-Separated List

The following example shows how the values in a sequence are output as a space-separated list. The following literal result element:

<temperature readings="{10.32, 5.50, 8.31}"/>

produces the output node:

<temperature readings="10.32 5.5 8.31"/>

Curly brackets are not recognized recursively inside expressions.

Example: Curly Brackets cannot be Nested

For example:

<a href="#{id({@ref})/title}"/>

is not allowed. Instead, use simply:

<a href="#{id(@ref)/title}"/>

5.7.2 Text Value Templates

The standard attribute[xsl:]expand-text may appear on any element in the stylesheet, and determines whether descendant text nodes of that element are treated as text value templates. A text node in the stylesheet is treated as a text value template if (a) it is part of a sequence constructor or a child of an xsl:text instruction, (b) there is an ancestor element with an [xsl:]expand-text attribute, and (c) on the innermost ancestor element that has such an attribute, the value of the attribute is yes. The attribute is boolean and must therefore take one of the values yes (synonyms true or 1) or no (synonyms false or 0).

This section describes how text nodes are processed when the effective value is yes. Such text nodes are referred to as text value templates.

[Definition: In a text node that is designated as a text value template, expressions can be used by surrounding each expression with curly brackets ({}).]

The rules for text value templates are given in 5.7 Value Templates. A text node whose value is a text value template results in the construction of a text node in the result of the containing sequence constructor or xsl:text instruction. The string value of that text node is obtained by computing the effective value of the value template.

Note:

The result of evaluating a text value template is a (possibly zero-length) text node. This text node becomes part of the result of the containing sequence constructor or xsl:text instruction, and is thereafter handled exactly as if the value had appeared explicitly as a text node in the stylesheet.

The way in which the effective value is computed does not depend on any separator attribute on a containing xsl:value-of or xsl:attribute instruction. The separator attribute only affects how the text node is combined with adjacent items in the result of the containing sequence constructor.

Fixed parts consisting entirely of whitespace are significant and are handled in the same way as any other fixed part. This is different from the default treatment of “boundary space” in XQuery.

Example: Using a text value template to construct message output
<xsl:variable name="id" select="'A123'"/>
<xsl:variable name="step" select="5"/>
<xsl:message expand-text="yes">Processing id={ $id }, step={ $step }</xsl:message>

This will typically output the message text Processing id=A123, step=5.

 

Example: Using a text value template to define the result of a function
<xsl:function name="f:sum" expand-text="yes" as="xs:integer">
<xsl:param name="x" as="xs:integer"/>
<xsl:param name="y" as="xs:integer"/>
  { $x + $y }
</xsl:function>

Note that although this is a very readable way of expressing the computation performed by the function, the semantics are somewhat complex, and this could mean that execution is inefficient. The function computes the value of $x + $y as an integer, and then constructs a text node containing the string representation of this integer (preceded and followed by whitespace). Because the declared result type of the function is xs:integer, this text node is then atomized, giving an xs:untypedAtomic item, and the xs:untypedAtomic item is then cast to an xs:integer.

Note:

The main motivations for adding text value templates to the XSLT language are firstly, to make it easier to construct parameterized text in contexts such as xsl:value-of and xsl:message, and secondly, to allow use of complex multi-line XPath expressions where maintaining correct indentation is important for readability. The fact that XML processors are required to normalize whitespace in attribute values means that writing such expressions within a select attribute is not ideal.

The facility is only present if enabled using the [xsl:]expand-text attribute. This is partly for backwards compatibility, and partly to avoid creating difficulties when constructing content that is rich in curly brackets, for example JavaScript code or CSS style sheets.

5.8 Sequence Constructors

[Definition: A sequence constructor is a sequence of zero or more sibling nodes in the stylesheet that can be evaluated to return a sequence of nodes, atomic items, and function items. The way that the resulting sequence is used depends on the containing instruction.]

Many XSLT elements, and also literal result elements, are defined to take a sequence constructor as their content.

Four kinds of nodes may be encountered in a sequence constructor:

  1. A Text node appearing in the stylesheet (if it has not been removed in the process of whitespace stripping: see 3.13.1 Stripping Whitespace and Commentary from the Stylesheet) is processed as follows:

    1. if the effective value of the standard attribute [xsl:]expand-text is no, or in the absence of this attribute, the text node in the stylesheet is copied to create a new parentless text node in the result of the sequence constructor.

    2. Otherwise (the effective value of [xsl:]expand-text is yes), the text node in the stylesheet is processed as described in 5.7.2 Text Value Templates.

  2. A literal result element is evaluated to create a new parentless element node, having the same expanded QName as the literal result element: see 11.1 Literal Result Elements.

  3. An XSLT instruction produces a sequence of zero, one, or more items as its result. For most XSLT instructions, these items are nodes, but some instructions (such as xsl:sequence and xsl:copy-of) can also produce atomic items or function items. Several instructions, such as xsl:element, return a newly constructed parentless node (which may have its own attributes, namespaces, children, and other descendants). Other instructions, such as xsl:if, pass on the items produced by their own nested sequence constructors. The xsl:sequence instruction may return atomic items, function items, or existing nodes.

  4. An extension instruction (see 25.2 Extension Instructions) also produces a sequence of items as its result.

[Definition: The result of evaluating a sequence constructor is the sequence of items formed by concatenating the results of evaluating each of the nodes in the sequence constructor, retaining order. This is referred to as the immediate result of the sequence constructor.]

However:

The way that immediate result of a sequence constructor is used depends on the containing element in the stylesheet, and is specified in the rules for that element. It is typically one of the following:

5.8.1 Constructing Complex Content

Many instructions, for example xsl:copy, xsl:element, xsl:document, xsl:result-document, and literal result elements, create a new parent node, and evaluate a sequence constructor forming the content of the instruction to create the attributes, namespaces, and children of the new parent node. The immediate result of the sequence constructor is processed to create the content of the new parent node as described in this section.

When constructing the content of an element, the inherit-namespaces attribute of the xsl:element or xsl:copy instruction, or the xsl:inherit-namespaces property of the literal result element, determines whether namespace nodes are to be inherited. The effect of this attribute is described in the rules that follow.

The immediate result of the sequence constructor is processed as follows (applying the rules in the order they are listed):

  1. The containing instruction may generate attribute nodes and/or namespace nodes, as specified in the rules for the individual instruction. For example, these nodes may be produced by expanding an [xsl:]use-attribute-sets attribute, or by expanding the attributes of a literal result element. Any such nodes are prepended to the immediate result of the sequence constructor.

  2. Any array item in the sequence (see 22 Arrays) is replaced by its members, recursively. This is equivalent to applying the array:flattenFO40 function defined in [Functions and Operators 3.1].

  3. Any atomic item in the sequence is cast to a string.

    Note:

    Casting from xs:QName or xs:NOTATION to xs:string always succeeds, because these values retain a prefix for this purpose. However, there is no guarantee that the prefix used will always be meaningful in the context where the resulting string is used.

  4. Any consecutive sequence of strings in the sequence is converted to a single text node, whose string value contains the content of each of the strings in turn, with U+0020 (SPACE) used as a separator between successive strings.

  5. Any document node within the sequence is replaced by a sequence containing each of its children, in document order.

  6. Zero-length text nodes within the sequence are removed.

  7. Adjacent text nodes within the sequence are merged into a single text node.

  8. Invalid items in the sequence are detected as follows.

    [ERR XTDE0410] It is a dynamic error if the sequence used to construct the content of an element node contains a namespace node or attribute node that is preceded in the sequence by a node that is neither a namespace node nor an attribute node.

    [ERR XTDE0420] It is a dynamic error if the sequence used to construct the content of a document node contains a namespace node or attribute node.

    [ERR XTDE0430] It is a dynamic error if the sequence contains two or more namespace nodes having the same name but different string values (that is, namespace nodes that map the same prefix to different namespace URIs).

    [ERR XTDE0440] It is a dynamic error if the sequence contains a namespace node with no name and the element node being constructed has a null namespace URI (that is, it is an error to define a default namespace when the element is in no namespace).

    [ERR XTDE0450] It is a type error if the result sequence contains a function item.

    Note:

    The error code reflects the fact that this error was at one time classified as a dynamic error rather than a type error. [XSLT 3.0 Erratum E17, bug 30223].

  9. If the sequence contains two or more namespace nodes with the same name (or no name) and the same string value (that is, two namespace nodes mapping the same prefix to the same namespace URI), then all but one of the duplicate nodes are discarded.

    Note:

    Since the order of namespace nodes is implementation-dependent, it is not significant which of the duplicates is retained.

  10. If an attribute A in the sequence has the same name as another attribute B that appears later in the sequence, then attribute A is discarded from the sequence. Before discarding attribute A, the processor may raise any type errors that would be raised if attribute B were not present.

  11. Each node in the resulting sequence is attached as a namespace, attribute, or child of the newly constructed element or document node. Conceptually this involves making a deep copy of the node; in practice, however, copying the node will only be necessary if the existing node can be referenced independently of the parent to which it is being attached. When copying an element or processing instruction node, its base URI property is changed to be the same as that of its new parent, unless it has an xml:base attribute (see [XML Base]) that overrides this. If the copied element has an xml:base attribute, its base URI is the value of that attribute, resolved (if it is relative) against the base URI of the new parent node.

    Except for the handling of base URI, the copying of a node follows the rules of the xsl:copy-of instruction with attributes copy-namespaces="yes" copy-accumulators="no" validation="preserve".

    Note:

    This has the consequence that the type annotation and the values of the nilled, is-id, and is-idrefs properties are retained. However, if the node under construction (the new parent of the node being copied) uses a validation mode other than preserve, this will be transient: the values will be recomputed when the new parent node is validated.

  12. If the newly constructed node is an element node, then namespace fixup is applied to this node, as described in 5.8.3 Namespace Fixup.

  13. If the newly constructed node is an element node, and if namespaces are inherited, then each namespace node of the newly constructed element (including any produced as a result of the namespace fixup process) is copied to each descendant element of the newly constructed element, unless that element or an intermediate element already has a namespace node with the same name (or absence of a name) or that descendant element or an intermediate element is in no namespace and the namespace node has no name.

Example: A Sequence Constructor for Complex Content

Consider the following stylesheet fragment:

<td>
  <xsl:attribute name="valign">top</xsl:attribute>
  <xsl:value-of select="@description"/>
</td>

This fragment consists of a literal result element td, containing a sequence constructor that consists of two instructions: xsl:attribute and xsl:value-of. The sequence constructor is evaluated to produce a sequence of two nodes: a parentless attribute node, and a parentless text node. The td instruction causes a td element to be created; the new attribute therefore becomes an attribute of the new td element, while the text node created by the xsl:value-of instruction becomes a child of the td element (unless it is zero-length, in which case it is discarded).

 

Example: Space Separators in Element Content

Consider the following stylesheet fragment:

<doc>
  <e><xsl:sequence select="1 to 5"/></e>
  <f>
    <xsl:for-each select="1 to 5">
      <xsl:value-of select="."/>
    </xsl:for-each>
  </f>
</doc>

This produces the output (when indented):

<doc>
  <e>1 2 3 4 5</e>
  <f>12345</f>
</doc>

The difference between the two cases is that for the e element, the sequence constructor generates a sequence of five atomic items, which are therefore separated by spaces. For the f element, the content is a sequence of five text nodes, which are concatenated without space separation.

It is important to be aware of the distinction between xsl:sequence, which returns the value of its select expression unchanged, and xsl:value-of, which constructs a text node.

5.8.2 Constructing Simple Content

The instructions xsl:attribute, xsl:comment, xsl:processing-instruction, xsl:namespace, and xsl:value-of all create nodes that cannot have children. Specifically, the xsl:attribute instruction creates an attribute node, xsl:comment creates a comment node, xsl:processing-instruction creates a processing instruction node, xsl:namespace creates a namespace node, and xsl:value-of creates a text node. The string value of the new node is constructed using either the select attribute of the instruction, or the sequence constructor that forms the content of the instruction. The select attribute allows the content to be specified by means of an XPath expression, while the sequence constructor allows it to be specified by means of a sequence of XSLT instructions. The select attribute or sequence constructor is evaluated to produce a result sequence, and the string value of the new node is derived from this result sequence according to the rules below.

These rules are also used to compute the effective value of a value template. In this case the sequence being processed is the result of evaluating an XPath expression enclosed between curly brackets, and the separator is a single space character.

  1. Zero-length text nodes in the sequence are discarded.

  2. Adjacent text nodes in the sequence are merged into a single text node.

  3. The sequence is atomized (which may cause a dynamic error).

  4. Every value in the atomized sequence is cast to a string.

  5. The strings within the resulting sequence are concatenated, with a (possibly zero-length) separator inserted between successive strings. The default separator depends on the containing instruction; except where otherwise specified, it is a single space.

    In the case of xsl:attribute and xsl:value-of, the default separator is a single space when the select attribute is used, or a zero-length string otherwise; a different separator can be specified using the separator attribute of the instruction.

    In the case of xsl:comment, xsl:processing-instruction, and xsl:namespace, and when expanding a value template, the default separator cannot be changed.

  6. In the case of xsl:processing-instruction, any leading spaces in the resulting string are removed.

  7. The resulting string forms the string value of the new attribute, namespace, comment, processing-instruction, or text node.

Example: Space Separators in Attribute Content

Consider the following stylesheet fragment:

<doc>
  <xsl:attribute name="e" select="1 to 5"/>
  <xsl:attribute name="f">
    <xsl:for-each select="1 to 5">
      <xsl:value-of select="."/>
    </xsl:for-each>
  </xsl:attribute>
  <xsl:attribute name="g" expand-text="yes">{1 to 5}</xsl:attribute>
</doc>

This produces the output:

<doc e="1 2 3 4 5" f="12345" g="1 2 3 4 5"/>

The difference between the three cases is as follows. For the e attribute, the sequence constructor generates a sequence of five atomic items, which are therefore separated by spaces. For the f attribute, the content is supplied as a sequence of five text nodes, which are concatenated without space separation. For the g attribute, the text value template constructs a text node using the rules for constructing simple content, which insert space separators between atomic items; the text node is then atomized to form the value of the attribute.

Specifying separator="" on the first xsl:attribute instruction would cause the attribute value to be e="12345". A separator attribute on the second xsl:attribute instruction would have no effect, since the separator only affects the way adjacent atomic items are handled: separators are never inserted between adjacent text nodes. A separator on the third xsl:attribute instruction would also have no effect, because text value templates are evaluated without regard to the containing instruction.

Note:

If an attribute value template contains a sequence of fixed and variable parts, no additional whitespace is inserted between the expansions of the fixed and variable parts. For example, the effective value of the attribute a="chapters{4 to 6}" is a="chapters4 5 6".

5.8.3 Namespace Fixup

In a tree supplied to or constructed by an XSLT processor, the constraints relating to namespace nodes that are specified in [XDM 3.0]must be satisfied. For example:

  • If an element node has an expanded QName with a non-null namespace URI, then that element node must have at least one namespace node whose string value is the same as that namespace URI.

  • If an element node has an attribute node whose expanded QName has a non-null namespace URI, then the element must have at least one namespace node whose string value is the same as that namespace URI and whose name is non-empty.

  • Every element must have a namespace node whose expanded QName has local-part xml and whose string value is http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace. The namespace prefix xmlmust not be associated with any other namespace URI, and the namespace URI http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespacemust not be associated with any other prefix.

  • A namespace node must not have the name xmlns or the string value http://www.w3.org/2000/xmlns/.

[Definition: The rules for the individual XSLT instructions that construct a result tree (see 11 Creating Nodes and Sequences) prescribe some of the situations in which namespace nodes are written to the tree. These rules, however, are not sufficient to ensure that the prescribed constraints are always satisfied. The XSLT processor must therefore add additional namespace nodes to satisfy these constraints. This process is referred to as namespace fixup.]

The actual namespace nodes that are added to the tree by the namespace fixup process are implementation-dependent, provided firstly, that at the end of the process the above constraints must all be satisfied, and secondly, that a namespace node must not be added to the tree unless the namespace node is necessary either to satisfy these constraints, or to enable the tree to be serialized using the original namespace prefixes from the source document or stylesheet.

Namespace fixup must not result in an element having multiple namespace nodes with the same name.

Namespace fixup may, if necessary to resolve conflicts, change the namespace prefix contained in the QName value that holds the name of an element or attribute node. This includes the option to add or remove a prefix. However, namespace fixup must not change the prefix component contained in a value of type xs:QName or xs:NOTATION that forms the typed value of an element or attribute node.

Note:

Namespace fixup is not used to create namespace declarations for xs:QName or xs:NOTATION values appearing in the content of an element or attribute.

Where values acquire such types as the result of validation, namespace fixup does not come into play, because namespace fixup happens before validation: in this situation, it is the user’s responsibility to ensure that the element being validated has the required namespace nodes to enable validation to succeed.

Where existing elements are copied along with their existing type annotations (validation="preserve") the rules require that existing namespace nodes are also copied, so that any namespace-sensitive values remain valid.

Where existing attributes are copied along with their existing type annotations, the rules of the XDM data model require that a parentless attribute node cannot contain a namespace-sensitive typed value; this means that it is an error to copy an attribute using validation="preserve" if it contains namespace-sensitive content.

Namespace fixup is applied to every element that is constructed using a literal result element, or one of the instructions xsl:element, xsl:copy, or xsl:copy-of. An implementation is not required to perform namespace fixup for elements in any source document, that is, for a document in the initial match selection, documents loaded using the document, docFO40 or collectionFO40 function, documents supplied as the value of a stylesheet parameter, or documents returned by an extension function or extension instruction.

Note:

A source document (an input document, a document returned by the document, docFO40 or collectionFO40 functions, a document returned by an extension function or extension instruction, or a document supplied as a stylesheet parameter) is required to satisfy the constraints described in [XDM 3.0], including the constraints imposed by the namespace fixup process. The effect of supplying a pseudo-document that does not meet these constraints is implementation-dependent.

In an Infoset (see [XML Information Set]) created from a document conforming to [Namespaces in XML], it will always be true that if a parent element has an in-scope namespace with a non-empty namespace prefix, then its child elements will also have an in-scope namespace with the same namespace prefix, though possibly with a different namespace URI. This constraint is removed in [Namespaces in XML 1.1]. XSLT 4.0 supports the creation of result trees that do not satisfy this constraint: the namespace fixup process does not add a namespace node to an element merely because its parent node in the result tree has such a namespace node. However, the process of constructing the children of a new element, which is described in 5.8.1 Constructing Complex Content, does cause the namespaces of a parent element to be inherited by its children unless this is prevented using [xsl:]inherit-namespaces="no" on the instruction that creates the parent element.

Note:

This has implications on serialization, defined in [XSLT and XQuery Serialization]. It means that it is possible to create final result trees that cannot be faithfully serialized as XML 1.0 documents. When such a result tree is serialized as XML 1.0, namespace declarations written for the parent element will be inherited by its child elements as if the corresponding namespace nodes were present on the child element, except in the case of the default namespace, which can be undeclared using the construct xmlns="". When the same result tree is serialized as XML 1.1, however, it is possible to undeclare any namespace on the child element (for example, xmlns:foo="") to prevent this inheritance taking place.

5.9 URI References

[Definition: Within this specification, the term URI Reference, unless otherwise stated, refers to a string in the lexical space of the xs:anyURI datatype as defined in [XML Schema Part 2].] Note that this is a wider definition than that in [RFC3986]: in particular, it is designed to accommodate Internationalized Resource Identifiers (IRIs) as described in [RFC3987], and thus allows the use of non-ASCII characters without escaping.

URI References are used in XSLT with three main roles:

  • As namespace URIs

  • As collation URIs

  • As identifiers for resources such as stylesheet modules; these resources are typically accessible using a protocol such as HTTP. Examples of such identifiers are the URIs used in the href attributes of xsl:import, xsl:include, and xsl:result-document.

The rules for namespace URIs are given in [Namespaces in XML] and [Namespaces in XML 1.1]. Those specifications deprecate the use of relative URI references as namespace URIs.

The rules for collation URIs are given in Section 5.3.1 CollationsFO40.

URI references used to identify external resources must conform to the same rules as the locator attribute (href) defined in section 5.4 of [XLink]. If the URI reference is relative, then it is resolved (unless otherwise specified) against the base URI of the containing element node, according to the rules of [RFC3986], after first escaping all characters that need to be escaped to make it a valid RFC3986 URI reference. (But a relative URI reference in the href attribute of xsl:result-document is resolved against the Base Output URI.)

Other URI references appearing in an XSLT stylesheet document, for example the system identifiers of external entities or the value of the xml:base attribute, must follow the rules in their respective specifications.

The base URI of an element node in the stylesheet is determined as defined in Section 5.2 base-uri Accessor DM30. Some implementations may allow the output of the static analysis phase of stylesheet processing (a “compiled stylesheet”) to be evaluated in a different location from that where static analysis took place. Furthermore, stylesheet authors may in such cases wish to avoid exposing the location of resources that are private to the development environment. If the base URI of an element in the stylesheet is defined by an absolute URI appearing in an xml:base attribute within the stylesheet, this value must be used as the static base URI. In other cases where processing depends on the static base URI of a stylesheet module, implementations may use different values for the static base URI during static analysis and during dynamic evaluation (for example, an implementation may use different base URIs for resolving xsl:import module references and for resolving a relative reference used as an argument to the docFO40 function). In such cases an implementation must document how the static base URI is computed for each situation in which it is required.

6 Template Rules

Template rules define the processing that can be applied to items that match a particular pattern.

6.1 Defining Templates

<!-- Category: declaration -->
<xsl:template
  match? = pattern
  name? = eqname
  priority? = decimal
  mode? = tokens
  as? = sequence-type〔'item()*'〕
  visibility? = "public" | "private" | "final" | "abstract" >
  <!-- Content: (xsl:context-item?, xsl:param*, sequence-constructor) -->
</xsl:template>

[Definition: An xsl:template declaration defines a template, which contains a sequence constructor; this sequence constructor is evaluated to determine the result of the template. A template can serve either as a template rule, invoked by matching items against a pattern, or as a named template, invoked explicitly by name. It is also possible for the same template to serve in both capacities.]

[ERR XTSE0500] An xsl:template element must have either a match attribute or a name attribute, or both. An xsl:template element that has no match attribute must have no mode attribute and no priority attribute. An xsl:template element that has no name attribute must have no visibility attribute.

If an xsl:template element has a match attribute, then it is a template rule. If it has a name attribute, then it is a named template.

A template may be invoked in a number of ways, depending on whether it is a template rule, a named template, or both. The result of invoking the template is the result of evaluating the sequence constructor contained in the xsl:template element (see 5.8 Sequence Constructors).

For details of the optional xsl:context-item child element, see 10.1.4 Declaring the Context Item for a Template.

If an as attribute of the xsl:template element is present, the as attribute defines the required type of the result. The result of evaluating the sequence constructor is then converted to the required type using the coercion rules. If no as attribute is specified, the default value is item()*, which permits any value. No conversion then takes place.

[ERR XTTE0505] It is a type error if the result of evaluating the sequence constructor cannot be coerced to the required type.

If the visibility attribute is present with the value abstract then (a) the sequence constructor defining the template body must be empty: that is, the only permitted children are xsl:context-item and xsl:param, and (b) there must be no match attribute.

If the parent of the xsl:template element is an xsl:override element, then either or both of the following conditions must be true:

  1. There is a name attribute, and the package identified by the containing xsl:use-package element contains among its components a named template whose symbolic identifier is the same as that of this named template, and which has a compatible signature.

  2. Both the following conditions are true:

    1. There is a match attribute.

    2. The value of the mode attribute, or in its absence the string #default, is a whitespace-separated sequence of tokens in which each token satisfies one of the following conditions:

      1. The token is an EQName representing the name of a mode that is exposed, with visibility equal to public, by the package identified by the containing xsl:use-package element.

      2. The token is #default, and there is an ancestor-or-self element with a default-mode attribute whose value is an EQName representing the name of a mode that is exposed, with visibility equal to public, by the package identified by the containing xsl:use-package element.

    Note:

    The token #unnamed is not allowed because the unnamed mode never has public visibility. The token #all is not allowed because its intended meaning would not be obvious.

6.2 Defining Template Rules

This section describes template rules. Named templates are described in 10.1 Named Templates.

A template rule is specified using the xsl:template element with a match attribute. The match attribute is a Pattern that identifies the items to which the rule applies. The result of applying the template rule is the result of evaluating the sequence constructor contained in the xsl:template element, with the matching item used as the context item.

Example: A Simple Template Rule

For example, an XML document might contain:

This is an <emph>important</emph> point.

The following template rule matches emph elements and produces a fo:wrapper element with a font-weight property of bold.

<xsl:template match="emph">
  <fo:wrapper font-weight="bold" 
              xmlns:fo="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Format">
    <xsl:apply-templates/>
  </fo:wrapper>
</xsl:template>

A template rule is evaluated when an xsl:apply-templates instruction selects an item that matches the pattern specified in the match attribute. The xsl:apply-templates instruction is described in the next section. If several template rules match a selected item, only one of them is evaluated, as described in 6.5 Conflict Resolution for Template Rules.

6.3 Applying Template Rules

Changes in 4.0  

  1. The xsl:for-each and xsl:apply-templates instructions acquire an attribute separator that can be used to insert content between adjacent items. [This change was in the editor's draft adopted as a baseline when the WG commenced work.]   [  1 January 2022]

<!-- Category: instruction -->
<xsl:apply-templates
  select? = expression
  mode? = token
  separator? = { string } >
  <!-- Content: (xsl:sort | xsl:with-param)* -->
</xsl:apply-templates>

The xsl:apply-templates instruction takes as input a sequence of items (typically nodes in a source tree), and produces as output a sequence of items; these will often be nodes to be added to a result tree.

If the instruction has one or more xsl:sort children, then the input sequence is sorted as described in 13 Sorting. The result of this sort is referred to below as the sorted sequence; if there are no xsl:sort elements, then the sorted sequence is the same as the input sequence.

Each item in the input sequence is processed by finding a template rule whose pattern matches that item. If there is more than one such template rule, the best among them is chosen, using rules described in 6.5 Conflict Resolution for Template Rules. If there is no template rule whose pattern matches the item, a built-in template rule is used (see 6.8 Built-in Template Rules). The chosen template rule is evaluated. The rule that matches the Nth item in the sorted sequence is evaluated with that item as the context item, with N as the context position, and with the length of the sorted sequence as the context size. Each template rule that is evaluated produces a sequence of items as its result. The resulting sequences (one for each item in the sorted sequence) are then concatenated, to form a single sequence. They are concatenated retaining the order of the items in the sorted sequence. The final concatenated sequence forms the result of the xsl:apply-templates instruction.

Example: Applying Template Rules

Suppose the source document is as follows:

<message>Proceed <emph>at once</emph> to the exit!</message>

This can be processed using the two template rules shown below.

<xsl:template match="message">
  <p>
    <xsl:apply-templates select="child::node()"/>
  </p>
</xsl:template>

<xsl:template match="emph">
  <b>
    <xsl:apply-templates select="child::node()"/>
  </b>
</xsl:template>

There is no template rule for the document node; the built-in template rule for this node will cause the message element to be processed. The template rule for the message element causes a p element to be written to the result tree; the contents of this p element are constructed as the result of the xsl:apply-templates instruction. This instruction selects the three child nodes of the message element (a text node containing the value Proceed , an emph element node, and a text node containing the value to the exit!). The two text nodes are processed using the built-in template rule for text nodes, which returns a copy of the text node. The emph element is processed using the explicit template rule that specifies match="emph".

When the emph element is processed, this template rule constructs a b element. The contents of the b element are constructed by means of another xsl:apply-templates instruction, which in this case selects a single node (the text node containing the value at once). This is again processed using the built-in template rule for text nodes, which returns a copy of the text node.

The final result of the match="message" template rule thus consists of a p element node with three children: a text node containing the value Proceed , a b element that is the parent of a text node containing the value at once, and a text node containing the value to the exit!. This result tree might be serialized as:

<p>Proceed <b>at once</b> to the exit!</p>

The default value of the select attribute is child::node(), which causes all the children of the context node to be processed.

[ERR XTTE0510] It is a type error if an xsl:apply-templates instruction with no select attribute is evaluated when the context item is not a node.

A select attribute can be used to process items selected by an expression instead of processing all children. The value of the select attribute is an expression.

Example: Applying Templates to Selected Nodes

The following example processes all of the given-name children of the author elements that are children of author-group:

<xsl:template match="author-group">
  <fo:wrapper>
    <xsl:apply-templates select="author/given-name"/>
  </fo:wrapper>
</xsl:template>

 

Example: Applying Templates to Nodes that are not Descendants

It is also possible to process elements that are not descendants of the context node. This example assumes that a department element has group children and employee descendants. It finds an employee’s department and then processes the group children of the department.

<xsl:template match="employee">
  <fo:block>
    Employee <xsl:apply-templates select="name"/> belongs to group
    <xsl:apply-templates select="ancestor::department/group"/>
  </fo:block>
</xsl:template>

 

Example: Matching Nodes by Schema-Defined Types

It is possible to write template rules that are matched according to the schema-defined type of an element or attribute. The following example applies different formatting to the children of an element depending on their type:

<xsl:template match="product">
  <table>
    <xsl:apply-templates select="*"/>
  </table>
</xsl:template>

<xsl:template match="product/*" priority="3">
  <tr>
    <td><xsl:value-of select="name()"/></td>
    <td><xsl:next-match/></td>
  </tr>
</xsl:template>

<xsl:template match="product/element(*, xs:decimal) | 
                     product/element(*, xs:double)" priority="2">  
  <xsl:value-of select="format-number(xs:double(.), '#,###0.00')"/>
</xsl:template>

<xsl:template match="product/element(*, xs:date)" priority="2">
  <xsl:value-of select="format-date(., '[Mn] [D], [Y]')"/>
</xsl:template>

<xsl:template match="product/*" priority="1.5">
  <xsl:value-of select="."/>
</xsl:template>

The xsl:next-match instruction is described in 6.9 Overriding Template Rules.

 

Example: Re-ordering Elements in the Result Tree

Multiple xsl:apply-templates elements can be used within a single template to do simple reordering. The following example creates two HTML tables. The first table is filled with domestic sales while the second table is filled with foreign sales.

<xsl:template match="product">
  <table>
    <xsl:apply-templates select="sales/domestic"/>
  </table>
  <table>
    <xsl:apply-templates select="sales/foreign"/>
  </table>
</xsl:template>

 

Example: Processing Recursive Structures

It is possible for there to be two matching descendants where one is a descendant of the other. This case is not treated specially: both descendants will be processed as usual.

For example, given a source document

<doc><div><div></div></div></doc>

the rule

<xsl:template match="doc">
  <xsl:apply-templates select=".//div"/>
</xsl:template>

will process both the outer div and inner div elements.

This means that if the template rule for the div element processes its own children, then these grandchildren will be processed more than once, which is probably not what is required. The solution is to process one level at a time in a recursive descent, by using select="div" in place of select=".//div"

 

Example: Applying Templates to Atomic Items

This example reads a non-XML text file and processes it line-by-line, applying different template rules based on the content of each line:

<xsl:template name="main">
  <xsl:apply-templates select="unparsed-text-lines('input.txt')"/>
</xsl:template>

<xsl:template match="type(xs:string)[starts-with(., '==')]">
  <h2><xsl:value-of select="replace(., '==', '')"/></h2>
</xsl:template>

<xsl:template match="type(xs:string)[starts-with(., '::')]">
  <p class="indent"><xsl:value-of select="replace(., '::', '')"/></p>
</xsl:template>

<xsl:template match="type(xs:string)">
  <p class="body"><xsl:value-of select="."/></p>
</xsl:template>

 

Example: Applying Templates to JSON Documents

This example reads a JSON data file and formats it as XHTML.

It takes the following JSON data as input:

[
  { "Title": "Computer Architecture",
    "Authors": [ "Enid Blyton"] ,
    "Category": "Computers",
    "Price": 42.60
  },
  { "Title": "Steppenwolf",
    "Authors": [ "Hermann Hesse" ],
    "Category": "Fiction",
    "Price": 12.00
  },
  {  "Title": "How to Explore Outer Space with Binoculars",
     "Authors": [ "Bruce Betts", "Erica Colon" ],
     "Category": "Science",
     "Price": 10.40
  }
]

The following template rules are used. The setting expand-text="yes" is assumed:

<xsl:item-type name="book" as="record(Title, Authors, Category, *)"/>                  
<xsl:template name="xsl:initial-template">
  <xsl:apply-templates select="parse-json('input.json')"/>
</xsl:template>  
<xsl:template match="array(book)">
  <h1>Christmas Book Selection</h1>
  <table>
    <thead>
       <tr>
         <th>Title</th>
         <th>Authors</th>
         <th>Category</th>
         <th>Price</th>
       </tr>
    </thead>
    <tbody>
      <xsl:apply-templates select="?*"/>
    </tbody>
  </table>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="type(book)">
  <tr>
    <td>{?Title}</td>
    <td>{?Authors?* => string-join(", ")}</td>
    <td>{?Category}</td>
    <td>${?Price}</td>
  </tr>
</xsl:template>

Note:

The xsl:apply-templates instruction is most commonly used to process nodes that are descendants of the context node. Such use of xsl:apply-templates cannot result in non-terminating processing loops. However, when xsl:apply-templates is used to process elements that are not descendants of the context node, the possibility arises of non-terminating loops. For example,

<xsl:template match="foo">
  <xsl:apply-templates select="."/>
</xsl:template>

Implementations may be able to detect such loops in some cases, but the possibility exists that a stylesheet may enter a non-terminating loop that an implementation is unable to detect. This may present a denial of service security risk.

6.4 The separator attribute

If the separator attribute of xsl:apply-templates is present, then its effective value is inserted, as a text node, into the output sequence, immediately after the results of processing each item in the sorted sequence other than the last.

For example, if the ARTICLE element has a number of element children named AUTHOR, the following code will produce a sorted, comma-separated list of authors:

<xsl:template match="ARTICLE">
  <article>
     ...
     <xsl:text>Author(s): </xsl:text>
     <xsl:apply-templates select="AUTHOR" separator=", ">
       <xsl:sort select="LAST-NAME"/>
       <xsl:sort select="FIRST-NAME"/>
     </xsl:apply-templates>
     ...
  </article>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="AUTHOR" expand-text="yes">
  <xsl:text>{FIRST-NAME} {LAST-NAME}</xsl:text>
</xsl:template>

The node identity of any text nodes that are inserted is implementation-dependent. Specifically, it is not defined whether all the text nodes inserted in the course of one evaluation of the instruction are identical to each other, nor whether they are identical to the text nodes inserted in the course of another evaluation of this instruction, nor whether they are identical to any other parentless text nodes having the same string value.

If the separator is a zero-length string, then a zero-length text node is inserted into the sequence. (If the sequence is used for constructing the value of a node, then zero-length text nodes will be discarded: see 5.8.2 Constructing Simple Content and 5.8.1 Constructing Complex Content.)

6.5 Conflict Resolution for Template Rules

It is possible for a selected item to match more than one template rule with a given modeM. When this happens, only one template rule is evaluated for the item. The template rule to be used is determined as follows:

  1. First, only the matching template rule or rules with the highest import precedence are considered. Other matching template rules with lower precedence are eliminated from consideration.

  2. Next, of the remaining matching rules, only those with the highest priority are considered. Other matching template rules with lower priority are eliminated from consideration.

    [Definition: The priority of a template rule is specified by the priority attribute on the xsl:template declaration. If no priority is specified explicitly for a template rule, its default priority is used, as defined in 6.6 Default Priority for Template Rules.]

    [ERR XTSE0530] The value of the priority attribute must conform to the rules for the xs:decimal type defined in [XML Schema Part 2]. Negative values are permitted.

  3. Next, if any of the remaining matching rules has a match pattern in the form of a TypePattern, then this set of rules is reduced as follows:

    1. Any rule with a match pattern that is not a type pattern is discarded. (That is, type patterns are chosen in preference to non-type patterns). Call the set of type patterns that remain R.

    2. A TypePattern comprises an ItemType and a possibly empty set of predicates.

    3. Any rule in R whose ItemType is a strict supertype of the ItemType of another rule in R is discarded. A type T is a strict supertype of another type U if U is a subtypeXP40 of T and T is not a subtypeXP40 of U.

    4. If there is a rule P in R whose ItemType is the same type as the ItemType of another rule Q in R, and if Q has one or more predicates while P has none, then P is discarded. A type T is the same type as another type U if T is a subtypeXP40 of U and U is a subtypeXP40 of T.

    5. If this process leaves a single rule, then that rule is chosen.

    Note:

    For example, this means that:

    • The match pattern type(xs:integer) is chosen in preference to type(xs:decimal) which in turn is chosen in preference to type(item()).

    • The match pattern type(xs:integer)[. gt 0] is chosen in preference to type(xs:integer) which in turn is chosen in preference to type(xs:decimal).

    • The match pattern type(xs:integer) is chosen in preference to type(xs:integer | xs:double) which in turn is chosen in preference to type(xs:numeric).

    • The match pattern record(longitude, latitude, altitude) is chosen in preference to the pattern record(longitude, latitude, *), which in turn is chosen in preference to the pattern type(map(*)).

  4. If this leaves more than one matching template rule, then:

    1. If the modeM has an xsl:mode declaration, and the attribute value on-multiple-match="fail" is specified in the mode declaration, a dynamic error is raised. The error is treated as occurring in the xsl:apply-templates instruction, and can be recovered by wrapping that instruction in an xsl:try instruction.

      [ERR XTDE0540] It is a dynamic error if the conflict resolution algorithm for template rules leaves more than one matching template rule when the declaration of the relevant mode has an on-multiple-match attribute with the value fail.

    2. Otherwise, of the matching template rules that remain, the one that occurs last in declaration order is used.

    Note:

    This was a recoverable error in XSLT 2.0, meaning that it was implementation-defined whether the error was raised, or whether the ambiguity was resolved by taking the last matching rule in declaration order. In XSLT 3.0 this situation is not an error unless the attribute value on-multiple-match="fail" is specified in the mode declaration. It is also possible to request warnings when this condition arises, by means of the attribute warning-on-multiple-match="yes".

6.6 Default Priority for Template Rules

Changes in 4.0  

  1. Default priorities are added for new forms of ElementTest and AttributeTest, for example element(p:*) and element(a|b).   [Issue 1394 PR 1442 15 September 2024]

[Definition: If no priority attribute is specified on an xsl:template element, a default priority is computed, based on the syntax of the pattern supplied in the match attribute.] The rules are as follows.

  1. If the top-level pattern is a ParenthesizedExprP then the outer parentheses are effectively stripped; these rules are applied recursively to the UnionExprP contained in the ParenthesizedExprP.

  2. If the top-level pattern is a UnionExprP consisting of multiple alternatives separated by | or union, then the template rule is treated equivalently to a set of template rules, one for each alternative. For example, a rule with match="a|b" is treated as if there were one rule with match="a" and another with match="b". These template rules are adjacent to each other in declaration order, and the declaration order within this set of template rules (which affects the result of xsl:next-match if the alternatives have the same default priority) is the order of alternatives in the UnionExprP.

    Similarly:

    • If the top-level pattern takes the form of a UnionNodeTestXP40 preceded by an axis name or abbreviation, it is treated equivalently to a set of template rules, one for each alternative. For example, a rule with match="@(a|b)" is treated as if there were one rule with match="@a" and another with match="@b".

    • If the top-level pattern takes the form of an ElementTestXP40 or AttributeTestXP40 containing a NameTestUnionXP40 with multiple alternatives, optionally preceded by a ForwardAxisP, it is treated equivalently to a set of template rules, one for each alternative. For example, a rule with match="element(a|b)" is treated as if there were one rule with match="element(a)" and another with match="element(b)", while a rule with match="attribute(a|b, xs:integer)" is treated as a pair of rules specifying match="attribute(a, xs:integer)" and match="attribute(b, xs:integer)" respectively

    Note:

    The splitting of a template rule into multiple rules occurs only if there is no explicit priority attribute.

    Splitting the template rule has two effects: firstly, the two match patterns may have different default priority. Secondly, an xsl:next-match instruction within the template body may result in the other template rule being invoked.

    In practice, this means that the splitting has no effect if (a) the alternatives have the same default priority, and (b) the alternatives are disjoint — which is the case for some of the examples given above.

  3. If the top-level pattern is an IntersectExceptExprP containing two or more PathExprP operands separated by intersect or except operators, then the priority of the pattern is that of the first PathExprP.

  4. If the pattern is a PredicatePattern then its priority is 1 (one), unless there are no predicates, in which case the priority is −1 (minus one).

  5. If the pattern is a PathExprP taking the form /, then the priority is −0.5 (minus 0.5).

  6. If the pattern is a PathExprP taking the form of an EQName optionally preceded by a ForwardAxisP or has the form processing-instruction(StringLiteralXP40) or processing-instruction(NCNameNames) optionally preceded by a ForwardAxisP, then the priority is 0 (zero).

  7. If the pattern is a PathExprP taking the form of an ElementTestXP40 or AttributeTestXP40, optionally preceded by a ForwardAxisP, then the priority is as shown in the table below. In this table:

    • The symbols E, A, and T represent an arbitrary element name, attribute name, and type name respectively;

    • The symbol W represents a WildcardXP40 other than * (for example prefix:* or *:local);

    • The symbol * represents itself.

    The presence or absence of the symbol ? following a type name does not affect the priority.

    Default Priority of Patterns
    FormatPriorityNotes
    element()−0.5(equivalent to *)
    element(*)−0.5(equivalent to *)
    attribute()−0.5(equivalent to @*)
    attribute(*)−0.5(equivalent to @*)
    element(W)−0.25
    attribute(W)−0.25
    element(E)0(equivalent to E)
    element(*,T)0(matches by type only)
    attribute(A)0(equivalent to @A)
    attribute(*,T)0(matches by type only)
    element(W,T)0.125
    element(E,T)0.25(matches by name and type)
    schema-element(E)0.25(matches by substitution group and type)
    attribute(W,T)0.125
    attribute(A,T)0.25(matches by name and type)
    schema-attribute(A)0.25(matches by name and type)
  8. If the pattern is a PathExprP taking the form of a DocumentTestXP40, then if it includes no ElementTestXP40 or SchemaElementTestXP40 the priority is −0.5. If it does include an ElementTestXP40 or SchemaElementTestXP40, then the priority is the same as the priority of that ElementTestXP40 or SchemaElementTestXP40, computed according to the table above.

  9. If the pattern is a PathExprP taking the form of an NCNameNames:*, BracedURILiteralXP40*, or *:NCNameNames, optionally preceded by a ForwardAxisP, then the priority is −0.25. [XSLT 3.0 Erratum E37, bug 30375].

  10. If the pattern is a PathExprP taking the form of any other NodeTestXP40, optionally preceded by a ForwardAxisP, then the priority is −0.5.

  11. If the pattern is a TypePattern, then the priority is 0 (zero).

  12. In all other cases, the priority is +0.5.

Note:

In many cases this means that highly selective patterns have higher priority than less selective patterns. The most common kind of pattern (a pattern that tests for a node of a particular kind, with a particular expanded QName or a particular type) has priority 0. The next less specific kind of pattern (a pattern that tests for a node of a particular kind and an expanded QName with a particular namespace URI) has priority −0.25. Patterns less specific than this (patterns that just test for nodes of a given kind) have priority −0.5. Patterns that specify both the name and the required type have a priority of +0.25, putting them above patterns that only specify the name or the type. Patterns more specific than this, for example patterns that include predicates or that specify the ancestry of the required node, have priority 0.5.

However, it is not invariably true that a more selective pattern has higher priority than a less selective pattern. For example, the priority of the pattern node()[self::*] is higher than that of the pattern salary. Similarly, the patterns attribute(*, xs:decimal) and attribute(*, xs:short) have the same priority, despite the fact that the latter pattern matches a subset of the nodes matched by the former. Therefore, to achieve clarity in a stylesheet it is good practice to allocate explicit priorities.

6.7 Modes

[Definition:  A mode is a set of template rules; when the xsl:apply-templates instruction selects a set of items for processing, it identifies the rules to be used for processing those items by nominating a mode, explicitly or implicitly.] Modes allow a node in a source tree (for example) to be processed multiple times, each time producing a different result. They also allow different sets of template rules to be active when processing different trees, for example when processing documents loaded using the document function (see 20.1 fn:document).

Modes are identified by an expanded QName; in addition to any named modes, there is always one unnamed mode available. Whether a mode is named or unnamed, its properties may be defined in an xsl:mode declaration. If a mode name is used (for example in an xsl:template declaration or an xsl:apply-templates instruction) and no declaration of that mode appears in the stylesheet, the mode is implicitly declared with default properties.

6.7.1 Declaring Modes

Changes in 4.0  

  1. The xsl:mode declaration acquires an attribute as="sequence-type" which declares the return type of all template rules in that mode.   [Issue 750 PR 751 16 October 2023]

<!-- Category: declaration -->
<xsl:mode
  name? = eqname
  as? = sequence-type〔'item()*'〕
  streamable? = boolean〔'no'〕
  use-accumulators? = tokens〔''〕
  on-no-match? = "deep-copy" | "shallow-copy" | "shallow-copy-all" | "deep-skip" | "shallow-skip" | "text-only-copy" | "fail"〔'text-only-copy'〕
  on-multiple-match? = "use-last" | "fail"〔'use-last'〕
  warning-on-no-match? = boolean
  warning-on-multiple-match? = boolean
  typed? = boolean | "strict" | "lax" | "unspecified"〔'unspecified'〕
  visibility? = "public" | "private" | "final"〔'private'〕 >
  <!-- Content: (xsl:template*) -->
</xsl:mode>

[Definition: The unnamed mode is the default mode used when no mode attribute is specified on an xsl:apply-templates instruction or xsl:template declaration, unless a different default mode has been specified using the [xsl:]default-mode attribute of a containing element.]

Every mode other than the unnamed mode is identified by an expanded QName.

A stylesheet may contain multiple xsl:mode declarations and may include or import stylesheet modules that also contain xsl:mode declarations. The name of an xsl:mode declaration is the value of its name attribute, if any.

[Definition: All the xsl:mode declarations in a package that share the same name are grouped into a named mode definition; those that have no name are grouped into a single unnamed mode definition.]

The declared-modes attribute of the xsl:package element determines whether implicit mode declarations are allowed, as described in 3.5.4.1 Requiring Explicit Mode Declarations. If the package allows implicit mode declarations, then if a stylesheet does not contain a declaration of the unnamed mode, a declaration is implied equivalent to an xsl:mode element with no attributes. Similarly, if there is a mode that is named in an xsl:template or xsl:apply-templates element, or in the [xsl:]default-mode attribute of a containing element, and the stylesheet does not contain a declaration of that mode, then a declaration is implied comprising an xsl:mode element with a name attribute equal to that mode name, plus the attribute visibility="private".

The attributes of the xsl:mode declaration establish values for a number of properties of a mode. The allowed values and meanings of the attributes are given in the following table.

Attributes of the xsl:mode Element
AttributeValuesMeaning
nameAn EQNameSpecifies the name of the mode. If omitted, this xsl:mode declaration provides properties of the unnamed mode
asA SequenceTypeDeclares the type of value returned by all template rules in this mode. If any template rules in this mode declare their return type using an as attribute on xsl:template, the values must be consistent.
streamableyes or no (default no)Determines whether template rules in this mode are to be capable of being processed using streaming. If the value yes is specified, then the body of any template rule that uses this mode must conform to the rules for streamable templates given in 6.7.6 Streamable Templates.
use-accumulatorsList of accumulator names, or #all (default is an empty list)Relevant only when this mode is the initial mode of the transformation, determines which accumulators are applicable to documents containing nodes in the initial match selection. For further details see 18.2.2 Applicability of Accumulators.
on-no-matchOne of deep-copy, shallow-copy, deep-skip, shallow-skip, text-only-copy or fail (default text-only-copy)Determines selection of the built-in template rules that are used to process an item when an xsl:apply-templates instruction selects an item that does not match any user-written template rule in the stylesheet. For details, see 6.8 Built-in Template Rules.
on-multiple-matchOne of fail or use-last (default use-last)Defines the action to be taken when xsl:apply-templates is used in this mode and more than one user-written template rule is available to process an item, each having the same import precedence and priority. The value fail indicates that it is a dynamic error if more than one template rule matches an item. The value use-last indicates that the situation is not to be treated as an error (the last template in declaration order is the one that is used).
warning-on-no-matchOne of yes or no. The default is implementation-definedRequests the processor to output (or not to output) a warning message in the case where an xsl:apply-templates instruction selects an item that matches no user-written template rule. The form and destination of such warnings is implementation-defined. The processor may ignore this attribute, for example if the environment provides no suitable means of communicating with the user.
warning-on-multiple-matchOne of yes or no. The default is implementation-definedRequests the processor to output a warning message in the case where an xsl:apply-templates instruction selects an item that matches multiple template rules having the same import precedence and priority. The form and destination of such warnings is implementation-defined. The processor may ignore this attribute, for example if the environment provides no suitable means of communicating with the user.
typedOne of yes, no, strict, lax, or unspecified. The default is unspecified.See 6.7.3 Declaring the Type of Nodes Processed by a Mode.
visibilityOne of public, private, or final. The default is private.See 3.5.3.1 Visibility of Components. If the mode is unnamed, that is, if the name attribute is absent, then the visibility attribute if present must have the value private.
Editorial note 
See issue 270.

[Definition: A streamable mode is a mode that is declared in an xsl:mode declaration with the attribute streamable="yes".]

For any named mode, the effective value of each attribute is taken from an xsl:mode declaration that has a matching name in its name attribute, and that specifies an explicit value for the required attribute. If there is no such declaration, the default value of the attribute is used. If there is more than one such declaration, the one with highest import precedence is used.

For the unnamed mode, the effective value of each attribute is taken from an xsl:mode declaration that has no name attribute, and that specifies an explicit value for the required attribute. If there is no such declaration, the default value of the attribute is used. If there is more than one such declaration, the one with highest import precedence is used.

[ERR XTSE0545] It is a static error if for any named or unnamed mode, a package explicitly specifies two conflicting values for the same attribute in different xsl:mode declarations having the same import precedence, unless there is another definition of the same attribute with higher import precedence. The attributes in question are the attributes other than name on the xsl:mode element.

6.7.2 Using Modes

[Definition: A template rule is applicable to one or more modes. The modes to which it is applicable are defined by the mode attribute of the xsl:template element. If the attribute is omitted, then the template rule is applicable to the default mode specified in the [xsl:]default-mode attribute of the innermost containing element that has such an attribute, which in turn defaults to the unnamed mode. If the mode attribute is present, then its value must be a non-empty whitespace-separated list of tokens, each of which defines a mode to which the template rule is applicable.]

Each token in the mode attribute must be one of the following:

  • An EQName, which is expanded as described in 5.1.1 Qualified Names to define the name of the mode

  • The token #default, to indicate that the template rule is applicable to the default mode that would apply if the mode attribute were absent

  • The token #unnamed, to indicate that the template rule is applicable to the unnamed mode

  • The token #all, to indicate that the template rule is applicable to all modes other than enclosing modes (specifically, to the unnamed mode and to every mode that is named explicitly or implicitly in an xsl:apply-templates instruction anywhere in the stylesheet).

    More specifically, when a template rule specifies mode="#all" this makes the template rule applicable to:

    The value mode="#all" cannot be used on a template rule declared within an xsl:overrideor xsl:mode element.

[ERR XTSE0550] It is a static error if the list of modes is empty, if the same token is included more than once in the list, if the list contains an invalid token, or if the token #all appears together with any other value.

[ERR XTSE3440] In the case of a template rule (that is, an xsl:template element having a match attribute) appearing as a child of xsl:override, it is a static error if the list of modes in the mode attribute contains #all